xref: /aosp_15_r20/external/clang/lib/Sema/SemaOverload.cpp (revision 67e74705e28f6214e480b399dd47ea732279e315)

//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading -------------------------------===//
//
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

#include "clang/Sema/Overload.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
#include <algorithm>
#include <cstdlib>

using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;

static bool functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
  return llvm::any_of(FD->parameters(),
                      std::mem_fn(&ParmVarDecl::hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>));
}

/// A convenience routine for creating a decayed reference to a function.
static ExprResult
CreateFunctionRefExpr(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Fn, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                      bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                      SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation(),
                      const DeclarationNameLoc &LocInfo = DeclarationNameLoc()){
  if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FoundDecl, Loc))
    return ExprError();
  // If FoundDecl is different from Fn (such as if one is a template
  // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is
  // called on both.
  // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying
  // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl
  // being used.
  if (FoundDecl != Fn && S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, Loc))
    return ExprError();
  DeclRefExpr *DRE = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(Fn, false, Fn->getType(),
                                                 VK_LValue, Loc, LocInfo);
  if (HadMultipleCandidates)
    DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);

  S.MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE);
  return S.ImpCastExprToType(DRE, S.Context.getPointerType(DRE->getType()),
                             CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
}

static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType,
                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
                                 StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                 bool CStyle,
                                 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);

static bool IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From,
                                                 QualType &ToType,
                                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
                                                 StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                                 bool CStyle);
static OverloadingResult
IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                        UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
                        OverloadCandidateSet& Conversions,
                        bool AllowExplicit,
                        bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);


static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                   const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                   const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);

static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);

static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2);

/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
ImplicitConversionRank clang::GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
  static const ImplicitConversionRank
    Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Exact_Match,
    ICR_Promotion,
    ICR_Promotion,
    ICR_Promotion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Complex_Real_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Conversion,
    ICR_Writeback_Conversion,
    ICR_Exact_Match, // NOTE(gbiv): This may not be completely right --
                     // it was omitted by the patch that added
                     // ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion
    ICR_C_Conversion
  };
  return Rank[(int)Kind];
}

/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
/// implicit conversion.
static const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
  static const char* const Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
    "No conversion",
    "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
    "Array-to-pointer",
    "Function-to-pointer",
    "Noreturn adjustment",
    "Qualification",
    "Integral promotion",
    "Floating point promotion",
    "Complex promotion",
    "Integral conversion",
    "Floating conversion",
    "Complex conversion",
    "Floating-integral conversion",
    "Pointer conversion",
    "Pointer-to-member conversion",
    "Boolean conversion",
    "Compatible-types conversion",
    "Derived-to-base conversion",
    "Vector conversion",
    "Vector splat",
    "Complex-real conversion",
    "Block Pointer conversion",
    "Transparent Union Conversion",
    "Writeback conversion",
    "OpenCL Zero Event Conversion",
    "C specific type conversion"
  };
  return Name[Kind];
}

/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
/// sequence to the identity conversion.
void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
  First = ICK_Identity;
  Second = ICK_Identity;
  Third = ICK_Identity;
  DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
  QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false;
  ReferenceBinding = false;
  DirectBinding = false;
  IsLvalueReference = true;
  BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
  BindsToRvalue = false;
  BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
  ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
  CopyConstructor = nullptr;
}

/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
/// implicit conversions.
ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
  ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
  if  (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
    Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
  if  (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
    Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
  if  (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
    Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
  return Rank;
}

/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
  // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
  // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
  // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
  // a pointer.
  if (getToType(1)->isBooleanType() &&
      (getFromType()->isPointerType() ||
       getFromType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
       getFromType()->isBlockPointerType() ||
       getFromType()->isNullPtrType() ||
       First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
    return true;

  return false;
}

/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
/// 13.3.3.2p4).
bool
StandardConversionSequence::
isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
  QualType FromType = getFromType();
  QualType ToType = getToType(1);

  // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
  // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
  // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
  if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
    FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);

  if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion && FromType->isAnyPointerType())
    if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
      return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();

  return false;
}

/// Skip any implicit casts which could be either part of a narrowing conversion
/// or after one in an implicit conversion.
static const Expr *IgnoreNarrowingConversion(const Expr *Converted) {
  while (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Converted)) {
    switch (ICE->getCastKind()) {
    case CK_NoOp:
    case CK_IntegralCast:
    case CK_IntegralToBoolean:
    case CK_IntegralToFloating:
    case CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral:
    case CK_FloatingToIntegral:
    case CK_FloatingToBoolean:
    case CK_FloatingCast:
      Converted = ICE->getSubExpr();
      continue;

    default:
      return Converted;
    }
  }

  return Converted;
}

/// Check if this standard conversion sequence represents a narrowing
/// conversion, according to C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7.
///
/// \param Ctx  The AST context.
/// \param Converted  The result of applying this standard conversion sequence.
/// \param ConstantValue  If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the
///        value of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion.
/// \param ConstantType  If this is an NK_Constant_Narrowing conversion, the
///        type of the expression prior to the narrowing conversion.
NarrowingKind
StandardConversionSequence::getNarrowingKind(ASTContext &Ctx,
                                             const Expr *Converted,
                                             APValue &ConstantValue,
                                             QualType &ConstantType) const {
  assert(Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "narrowing check outside C++");

  // C++11 [dcl.init.list]p7:
  //   A narrowing conversion is an implicit conversion ...
  QualType FromType = getToType(0);
  QualType ToType = getToType(1);

  // A conversion to an enumeration type is narrowing if the conversion to
  // the underlying type is narrowing. This only arises for expressions of
  // the form 'Enum{init}'.
  if (auto *ET = ToType->getAs<EnumType>())
    ToType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();

  switch (Second) {
  // 'bool' is an integral type; dispatch to the right place to handle it.
  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
    if (FromType->isRealFloatingType())
      goto FloatingIntegralConversion;
    if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
      goto IntegralConversion;
    // Boolean conversions can be from pointers and pointers to members
    // [conv.bool], and those aren't considered narrowing conversions.
    return NK_Not_Narrowing;

  // -- from a floating-point type to an integer type, or
  //
  // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to a floating-point
  //    type, except where the source is a constant expression and the actual
  //    value after conversion will fit into the target type and will produce
  //    the original value when converted back to the original type, or
  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
  FloatingIntegralConversion:
    if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isIntegralType(Ctx)) {
      return NK_Type_Narrowing;
    } else if (FromType->isIntegralType(Ctx) && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
      llvm::APSInt IntConstantValue;
      const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Converted);
      if (Initializer &&
          Initializer->isIntegerConstantExpr(IntConstantValue, Ctx)) {
        // Convert the integer to the floating type.
        llvm::APFloat Result(Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType));
        Result.convertFromAPInt(IntConstantValue, IntConstantValue.isSigned(),
                                llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
        // And back.
        llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = IntConstantValue;
        bool ignored;
        Result.convertToInteger(ConvertedValue,
                                llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &ignored);
        // If the resulting value is different, this was a narrowing conversion.
        if (IntConstantValue != ConvertedValue) {
          ConstantValue = APValue(IntConstantValue);
          ConstantType = Initializer->getType();
          return NK_Constant_Narrowing;
        }
      } else {
        // Variables are always narrowings.
        return NK_Variable_Narrowing;
      }
    }
    return NK_Not_Narrowing;

  // -- from long double to double or float, or from double to float, except
  //    where the source is a constant expression and the actual value after
  //    conversion is within the range of values that can be represented (even
  //    if it cannot be represented exactly), or
  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
    if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType() &&
        Ctx.getFloatingTypeOrder(FromType, ToType) == 1) {
      // FromType is larger than ToType.
      const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Converted);
      if (Initializer->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Ctx, &ConstantValue)) {
        // Constant!
        assert(ConstantValue.isFloat());
        llvm::APFloat FloatVal = ConstantValue.getFloat();
        // Convert the source value into the target type.
        bool ignored;
        llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConvertStatus = FloatVal.convert(
          Ctx.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType),
          llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
        // If there was no overflow, the source value is within the range of
        // values that can be represented.
        if (ConvertStatus & llvm::APFloat::opOverflow) {
          ConstantType = Initializer->getType();
          return NK_Constant_Narrowing;
        }
      } else {
        return NK_Variable_Narrowing;
      }
    }
    return NK_Not_Narrowing;

  // -- from an integer type or unscoped enumeration type to an integer type
  //    that cannot represent all the values of the original type, except where
  //    the source is a constant expression and the actual value after
  //    conversion will fit into the target type and will produce the original
  //    value when converted back to the original type.
  case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
  IntegralConversion: {
    assert(FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType());
    assert(ToType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType());
    const bool FromSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
    const unsigned FromWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(FromType);
    const bool ToSigned = ToType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
    const unsigned ToWidth = Ctx.getIntWidth(ToType);

    if (FromWidth > ToWidth ||
        (FromWidth == ToWidth && FromSigned != ToSigned) ||
        (FromSigned && !ToSigned)) {
      // Not all values of FromType can be represented in ToType.
      llvm::APSInt InitializerValue;
      const Expr *Initializer = IgnoreNarrowingConversion(Converted);
      if (!Initializer->isIntegerConstantExpr(InitializerValue, Ctx)) {
        // Such conversions on variables are always narrowing.
        return NK_Variable_Narrowing;
      }
      bool Narrowing = false;
      if (FromWidth < ToWidth) {
        // Negative -> unsigned is narrowing. Otherwise, more bits is never
        // narrowing.
        if (InitializerValue.isSigned() && InitializerValue.isNegative())
          Narrowing = true;
      } else {
        // Add a bit to the InitializerValue so we don't have to worry about
        // signed vs. unsigned comparisons.
        InitializerValue = InitializerValue.extend(
          InitializerValue.getBitWidth() + 1);
        // Convert the initializer to and from the target width and signed-ness.
        llvm::APSInt ConvertedValue = InitializerValue;
        ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.trunc(ToWidth);
        ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(ToSigned);
        ConvertedValue = ConvertedValue.extend(InitializerValue.getBitWidth());
        ConvertedValue.setIsSigned(InitializerValue.isSigned());
        // If the result is different, this was a narrowing conversion.
        if (ConvertedValue != InitializerValue)
          Narrowing = true;
      }
      if (Narrowing) {
        ConstantType = Initializer->getType();
        ConstantValue = APValue(InitializerValue);
        return NK_Constant_Narrowing;
      }
    }
    return NK_Not_Narrowing;
  }

  default:
    // Other kinds of conversions are not narrowings.
    return NK_Not_Narrowing;
  }
}

/// dump - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void StandardConversionSequence::dump() const {
  raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
  bool PrintedSomething = false;
  if (First != ICK_Identity) {
    OS << GetImplicitConversionName(First);
    PrintedSomething = true;
  }

  if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
    if (PrintedSomething) {
      OS << " -> ";
    }
    OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Second);

    if (CopyConstructor) {
      OS << " (by copy constructor)";
    } else if (DirectBinding) {
      OS << " (direct reference binding)";
    } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
      OS << " (reference binding)";
    }
    PrintedSomething = true;
  }

  if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
    if (PrintedSomething) {
      OS << " -> ";
    }
    OS << GetImplicitConversionName(Third);
    PrintedSomething = true;
  }

  if (!PrintedSomething) {
    OS << "No conversions required";
  }
}

/// dump - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
void UserDefinedConversionSequence::dump() const {
  raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
  if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
    Before.dump();
    OS << " -> ";
  }
  if (ConversionFunction)
    OS << '\'' << *ConversionFunction << '\'';
  else
    OS << "aggregate initialization";
  if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
    OS << " -> ";
    After.dump();
  }
}

/// dump - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
void ImplicitConversionSequence::dump() const {
  raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
  if (isStdInitializerListElement())
    OS << "Worst std::initializer_list element conversion: ";
  switch (ConversionKind) {
  case StandardConversion:
    OS << "Standard conversion: ";
    Standard.dump();
    break;
  case UserDefinedConversion:
    OS << "User-defined conversion: ";
    UserDefined.dump();
    break;
  case EllipsisConversion:
    OS << "Ellipsis conversion";
    break;
  case AmbiguousConversion:
    OS << "Ambiguous conversion";
    break;
  case BadConversion:
    OS << "Bad conversion";
    break;
  }

  OS << "\n";
}

void AmbiguousConversionSequence::construct() {
  new (&conversions()) ConversionSet();
}

void AmbiguousConversionSequence::destruct() {
  conversions().~ConversionSet();
}

void
AmbiguousConversionSequence::copyFrom(const AmbiguousConversionSequence &O) {
  FromTypePtr = O.FromTypePtr;
  ToTypePtr = O.ToTypePtr;
  new (&conversions()) ConversionSet(O.conversions());
}

namespace {
  // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store
  // template argument information.
  struct DFIArguments {
    TemplateArgument FirstArg;
    TemplateArgument SecondArg;
  };
  // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store
  // template parameter and template argument information.
  struct DFIParamWithArguments : DFIArguments {
    TemplateParameter Param;
  };
  // Structure used by DeductionFailureInfo to store template argument
  // information and the index of the problematic call argument.
  struct DFIDeducedMismatchArgs : DFIArguments {
    TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs;
    unsigned CallArgIndex;
  };
}

/// \brief Convert from Sema's representation of template deduction information
/// to the form used in overload-candidate information.
DeductionFailureInfo
clang::MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context,
                                Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
                                TemplateDeductionInfo &Info) {
  DeductionFailureInfo Result;
  Result.Result = static_cast<unsigned>(TDK);
  Result.HasDiagnostic = false;
  switch (TDK) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    Result.Data = nullptr;
    break;

  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
    Result.Data = Info.Param.getOpaqueValue();
    break;

  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: {
    // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
    auto *Saved = new (Context) DFIDeducedMismatchArgs;
    Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
    Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
    Saved->TemplateArgs = Info.take();
    Saved->CallArgIndex = Info.CallArgIndex;
    Result.Data = Saved;
    break;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: {
    // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
    DFIArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIArguments;
    Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
    Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
    Result.Data = Saved;
    break;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: {
    // FIXME: Should allocate from normal heap so that we can free this later.
    DFIParamWithArguments *Saved = new (Context) DFIParamWithArguments;
    Saved->Param = Info.Param;
    Saved->FirstArg = Info.FirstArg;
    Saved->SecondArg = Info.SecondArg;
    Result.Data = Saved;
    break;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
    Result.Data = Info.take();
    if (Info.hasSFINAEDiagnostic()) {
      PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = new (Result.Diagnostic) PartialDiagnosticAt(
          SourceLocation(), PartialDiagnostic::NullDiagnostic());
      Info.takeSFINAEDiagnostic(*Diag);
      Result.HasDiagnostic = true;
    }
    break;

  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    Result.Data = Info.Expression;
    break;
  }

  return Result;
}

void DeductionFailureInfo::Destroy() {
  switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    break;

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
    // FIXME: Destroy the data?
    Data = nullptr;
    break;

  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
    // FIXME: Destroy the template argument list?
    Data = nullptr;
    if (PartialDiagnosticAt *Diag = getSFINAEDiagnostic()) {
      Diag->~PartialDiagnosticAt();
      HasDiagnostic = false;
    }
    break;

  // Unhandled
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    break;
  }
}

PartialDiagnosticAt *DeductionFailureInfo::getSFINAEDiagnostic() {
  if (HasDiagnostic)
    return static_cast<PartialDiagnosticAt*>(static_cast<void*>(Diagnostic));
  return nullptr;
}

TemplateParameter DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateParameter() {
  switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    return TemplateParameter();

  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
    return TemplateParameter::getFromOpaqueValue(Data);

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
    return static_cast<DFIParamWithArguments*>(Data)->Param;

  // Unhandled
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    break;
  }

  return TemplateParameter();
}

TemplateArgumentList *DeductionFailureInfo::getTemplateArgumentList() {
  switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    return nullptr;

  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
    return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->TemplateArgs;

  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
    return static_cast<TemplateArgumentList*>(Data);

  // Unhandled
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    break;
  }

  return nullptr;
}

const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getFirstArg() {
  switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    return nullptr;

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
    return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->FirstArg;

  // Unhandled
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    break;
  }

  return nullptr;
}

const TemplateArgument *DeductionFailureInfo::getSecondArg() {
  switch (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result)) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    return nullptr;

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
    return &static_cast<DFIArguments*>(Data)->SecondArg;

  // Unhandled
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    break;
  }

  return nullptr;
}

Expr *DeductionFailureInfo::getExpr() {
  if (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result) ==
        Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution)
    return static_cast<Expr*>(Data);

  return nullptr;
}

llvm::Optional<unsigned> DeductionFailureInfo::getCallArgIndex() {
  if (static_cast<Sema::TemplateDeductionResult>(Result) ==
        Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch)
    return static_cast<DFIDeducedMismatchArgs*>(Data)->CallArgIndex;

  return llvm::None;
}

void OverloadCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() {
  for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) {
    for (unsigned ii = 0, ie = i->NumConversions; ii != ie; ++ii)
      i->Conversions[ii].~ImplicitConversionSequence();
    if (!i->Viable && i->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction)
      i->DeductionFailure.Destroy();
  }
}

void OverloadCandidateSet::clear() {
  destroyCandidates();
  NumInlineSequences = 0;
  Candidates.clear();
  Functions.clear();
}

namespace {
  class UnbridgedCastsSet {
    struct Entry {
      Expr **Addr;
      Expr *Saved;
    };
    SmallVector<Entry, 2> Entries;

  public:
    void save(Sema &S, Expr *&E) {
      assert(E->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast));
      Entry entry = { &E, E };
      Entries.push_back(entry);
      E = S.stripARCUnbridgedCast(E);
    }

    void restore() {
      for (SmallVectorImpl<Entry>::iterator
             i = Entries.begin(), e = Entries.end(); i != e; ++i)
        *i->Addr = i->Saved;
    }
  };
}

/// checkPlaceholderForOverload - Do any interesting placeholder-like
/// preprocessing on the given expression.
///
/// \param unbridgedCasts a collection to which to add unbridged casts;
///   without this, they will be immediately diagnosed as errors
///
/// Return true on unrecoverable error.
static bool
checkPlaceholderForOverload(Sema &S, Expr *&E,
                            UnbridgedCastsSet *unbridgedCasts = nullptr) {
  if (const BuiltinType *placeholder =  E->getType()->getAsPlaceholderType()) {
    // We can't handle overloaded expressions here because overload
    // resolution might reasonably tweak them.
    if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::Overload) return false;

    // If the context potentially accepts unbridged ARC casts, strip
    // the unbridged cast and add it to the collection for later restoration.
    if (placeholder->getKind() == BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast &&
        unbridgedCasts) {
      unbridgedCasts->save(S, E);
      return false;
    }

    // Go ahead and check everything else.
    ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
    if (result.isInvalid())
      return true;

    E = result.get();
    return false;
  }

  // Nothing to do.
  return false;
}

/// checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload - Check a set of call operands for
/// placeholders.
static bool checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(Sema &S,
                                            MultiExprArg Args,
                                            UnbridgedCastsSet &unbridged) {
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Args.size(); i != e; ++i)
    if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, Args[i], &unbridged))
      return true;

  return false;
}

// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
// overload of the declarations in Old. This routine returns false if
// New and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if New has the same
// signature as some function in Old (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old
// declarations aren't functions (or function templates) at all. When
// it does return false, MatchedDecl will point to the decl that New
// cannot be overloaded with.  This decl may be a UsingShadowDecl on
// top of the underlying declaration.
//
// Example: Given the following input:
//
//   void f(int, float); // #1
//   void f(int, int); // #2
//   int f(int, int); // #3
//
// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
// so IsOverload will not be used.
//
// When we process #2, Old contains only the FunctionDecl for #1.  By
// comparing the parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded
// (since they have different signatures), so this routine returns
// false; MatchedDecl is unchanged.
//
// When we process #3, Old is an overload set containing #1 and #2. We
// compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded, so we do
// nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and #2 are
// identical (return types of functions are not part of the
// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
//
// 'NewIsUsingShadowDecl' indicates that 'New' is being introduced
// into a class by a using declaration.  The rules for whether to hide
// shadow declarations ignore some properties which otherwise figure
// into a function template's signature.
Sema::OverloadKind
Sema::CheckOverload(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *New, const LookupResult &Old,
                    NamedDecl *&Match, bool NewIsUsingDecl) {
  for (LookupResult::iterator I = Old.begin(), E = Old.end();
         I != E; ++I) {
    NamedDecl *OldD = *I;

    bool OldIsUsingDecl = false;
    if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
      OldIsUsingDecl = true;

      // We can always introduce two using declarations into the same
      // context, even if they have identical signatures.
      if (NewIsUsingDecl) continue;

      OldD = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)->getTargetDecl();
    }

    // A using-declaration does not conflict with another declaration
    // if one of them is hidden.
    if ((OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && !isVisible(*I))
      continue;

    // If either declaration was introduced by a using declaration,
    // we'll need to use slightly different rules for matching.
    // Essentially, these rules are the normal rules, except that
    // function templates hide function templates with different
    // return types or template parameter lists.
    bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
      (OldIsUsingDecl || NewIsUsingDecl) && CurContext->isRecord() &&
      !New->getFriendObjectKind();

    if (FunctionDecl *OldF = OldD->getAsFunction()) {
      if (!IsOverload(New, OldF, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) {
        if (UseMemberUsingDeclRules && OldIsUsingDecl) {
          HideUsingShadowDecl(S, cast<UsingShadowDecl>(*I));
          continue;
        }

        if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD) &&
            !shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(*I, New))
          continue;

        Match = *I;
        return Ovl_Match;
      }
    } else if (isa<UsingDecl>(OldD)) {
      // We can overload with these, which can show up when doing
      // redeclaration checks for UsingDecls.
      assert(Old.getLookupKind() == LookupUsingDeclName);
    } else if (isa<TagDecl>(OldD)) {
      // We can always overload with tags by hiding them.
    } else if (isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(OldD)) {
      // Optimistically assume that an unresolved using decl will
      // overload; if it doesn't, we'll have to diagnose during
      // template instantiation.
    } else {
      // (C++ 13p1):
      //   Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
      //   declarations cannot be overloaded.
      Match = *I;
      return Ovl_NonFunction;
    }
  }

  return Ovl_Overload;
}

bool Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
                      bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules, bool ConsiderCudaAttrs) {
  // C++ [basic.start.main]p2: This function shall not be overloaded.
  if (New->isMain())
    return false;

  // MSVCRT user defined entry points cannot be overloaded.
  if (New->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
    return false;

  FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
  FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();

  // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
  //   A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
  //   and with normal (non-template) functions.
  if ((OldTemplate == nullptr) != (NewTemplate == nullptr))
    return true;

  // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
  QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
  QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());

  // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
  // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
  // in the signature, they are overloads.

  // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
  // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
  if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
      isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
    return false;

  const FunctionProtoType *OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
  const FunctionProtoType *NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);

  // The signature of a function includes the types of its
  // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
  // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
  if (OldQType != NewQType &&
      (OldType->getNumParams() != NewType->getNumParams() ||
       OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
       !FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(OldType, NewType)))
    return true;

  // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
  //   The signature of a function template consists of its function
  //   signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
  //   of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
  //   relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
  //   signature.
  //
  // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
  // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
  //
  // However, we don't consider either of these when deciding whether
  // a member introduced by a shadow declaration is hidden.
  if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules && NewTemplate &&
      (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
                                       false, TPL_TemplateMatch) ||
       OldType->getReturnType() != NewType->getReturnType()))
    return true;

  // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
  // cv-qualifiers (if any) and ref-qualifier (if any) on the function itself.
  //
  // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
  // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
  // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
  // this check is important to determine whether these functions
  // can be overloaded.
  CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
  CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
  if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
      !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic()) {
    if (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() != NewMethod->getRefQualifier()) {
      if (!UseMemberUsingDeclRules &&
          (OldMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None ||
           NewMethod->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None)) {
        // C++0x [over.load]p2:
        //   - Member function declarations with the same name and the same
        //     parameter-type-list as well as member function template
        //     declarations with the same name, the same parameter-type-list, and
        //     the same template parameter lists cannot be overloaded if any of
        //     them, but not all, have a ref-qualifier (8.3.5).
        Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), diag::err_ref_qualifier_overload)
          << NewMethod->getRefQualifier() << OldMethod->getRefQualifier();
        Diag(OldMethod->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
      }
      return true;
    }

    // We may not have applied the implicit const for a constexpr member
    // function yet (because we haven't yet resolved whether this is a static
    // or non-static member function). Add it now, on the assumption that this
    // is a redeclaration of OldMethod.
    unsigned OldQuals = OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers();
    unsigned NewQuals = NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers();
    if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && NewMethod->isConstexpr() &&
        !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewMethod))
      NewQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;

    // We do not allow overloading based off of '__restrict'.
    OldQuals &= ~Qualifiers::Restrict;
    NewQuals &= ~Qualifiers::Restrict;
    if (OldQuals != NewQuals)
      return true;
  }

  // Though pass_object_size is placed on parameters and takes an argument, we
  // consider it to be a function-level modifier for the sake of function
  // identity. Either the function has one or more parameters with
  // pass_object_size or it doesn't.
  if (functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(New) !=
      functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Old))
    return true;

  // enable_if attributes are an order-sensitive part of the signature.
  for (specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr>
         NewI = New->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(),
         NewE = New->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>(),
         OldI = Old->specific_attr_begin<EnableIfAttr>(),
         OldE = Old->specific_attr_end<EnableIfAttr>();
       NewI != NewE || OldI != OldE; ++NewI, ++OldI) {
    if (NewI == NewE || OldI == OldE)
      return true;
    llvm::FoldingSetNodeID NewID, OldID;
    NewI->getCond()->Profile(NewID, Context, true);
    OldI->getCond()->Profile(OldID, Context, true);
    if (NewID != OldID)
      return true;
  }

  if (getLangOpts().CUDA && ConsiderCudaAttrs) {
    CUDAFunctionTarget NewTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(New),
                       OldTarget = IdentifyCUDATarget(Old);
    if (NewTarget == CFT_InvalidTarget || NewTarget == CFT_Global)
      return false;

    assert((OldTarget != CFT_InvalidTarget) && "Unexpected invalid target.");

    // Don't allow mixing of HD with other kinds. This guarantees that
    // we have only one viable function with this signature on any
    // side of CUDA compilation .
    // __global__ functions can't be overloaded based on attribute
    // difference because, like HD, they also exist on both sides.
    if ((NewTarget == CFT_HostDevice) || (OldTarget == CFT_HostDevice) ||
        (NewTarget == CFT_Global) || (OldTarget == CFT_Global))
      return false;

    // Allow overloading of functions with same signature, but
    // different CUDA target attributes.
    return NewTarget != OldTarget;
  }

  // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
  return false;
}

/// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
/// function context. Inside an unavailable function, unavailability is ignored.
///
/// \returns true if \arg FD is unavailable and current context is inside
/// an available function, false otherwise.
bool Sema::isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (!FD->isUnavailable())
    return false;

  // Walk up the context of the caller.
  Decl *C = cast<Decl>(CurContext);
  do {
    if (C->isUnavailable())
      return false;
  } while ((C = cast_or_null<Decl>(C->getDeclContext())));
  return true;
}

/// \brief Tries a user-defined conversion from From to ToType.
///
/// Produces an implicit conversion sequence for when a standard conversion
/// is not an option. See TryImplicitConversion for more information.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
                         bool AllowExplicit,
                         bool InOverloadResolution,
                         bool CStyle,
                         bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                         bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) {
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;

  if (SuppressUserConversions) {
    // We're not in the case above, so there is no conversion that
    // we can perform.
    ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
    return ICS;
  }

  // Attempt user-defined conversion.
  OverloadCandidateSet Conversions(From->getExprLoc(),
                                   OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  switch (IsUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
                                  Conversions, AllowExplicit,
                                  AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit)) {
  case OR_Success:
  case OR_Deleted:
    ICS.setUserDefined();
    ICS.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
    // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
    //   A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
    //   type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
    //   expression of class type to a base class of that type is
    //   given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
    //   constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
    //   called for those cases.
    if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
          = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
      QualType FromCanon
        = S.Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
      QualType ToCanon
        = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
      if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor() &&
          (FromCanon == ToCanon ||
           S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), FromCanon, ToCanon))) {
        // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
        // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
        DeclAccessPair Found = ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction;
        ICS.setStandard();
        ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
        ICS.Standard.setFromType(From->getType());
        ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
        ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
        ICS.Standard.FoundCopyConstructor = Found;
        if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
          ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
      }
    }
    break;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    ICS.setAmbiguous();
    ICS.Ambiguous.setFromType(From->getType());
    ICS.Ambiguous.setToType(ToType);
    for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = Conversions.begin();
         Cand != Conversions.end(); ++Cand)
      if (Cand->Viable)
        ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function);
    break;

    // Fall through.
  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
    break;
  }

  return ICS;
}

/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
/// to perform the initialization. Given
///
///   void f(float f);
///   void g(int i) { f(i); }
///
/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
//
/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
/// "BadConversion".
///
/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
/// not permitted.
/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
/// permitted.
///
/// \param AllowObjCWritebackConversion Whether we allow the Objective-C
/// writeback conversion, which allows __autoreleasing id* parameters to
/// be initialized with __strong id* or __weak id* arguments.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryImplicitConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                      bool SuppressUserConversions,
                      bool AllowExplicit,
                      bool InOverloadResolution,
                      bool CStyle,
                      bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                      bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) {
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
  if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
                           ICS.Standard, CStyle, AllowObjCWritebackConversion)){
    ICS.setStandard();
    return ICS;
  }

  if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);
    return ICS;
  }

  // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
  //   A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
  //   type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
  //   expression of class type to a base class of that type is
  //   given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy/move
  //   constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
  //   called for those cases.
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  if (ToType->getAs<RecordType>() && FromType->getAs<RecordType>() &&
      (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType) ||
       S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), FromType, ToType))) {
    ICS.setStandard();
    ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
    ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
    ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);

    // We don't actually check at this point whether there is a valid
    // copy/move constructor, since overloading just assumes that it
    // exists. When we actually perform initialization, we'll find the
    // appropriate constructor to copy the returned object, if needed.
    ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr;

    // Determine whether this is considered a derived-to-base conversion.
    if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
      ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;

    return ICS;
  }

  return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
                                  AllowExplicit, InOverloadResolution, CStyle,
                                  AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                                  AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
}

ImplicitConversionSequence
Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                            bool SuppressUserConversions,
                            bool AllowExplicit,
                            bool InOverloadResolution,
                            bool CStyle,
                            bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
  return ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType,
                                 SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
                                 InOverloadResolution, CStyle,
                                 AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                                 /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
}

/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType. Returns the
/// converted expression. Flavor is the kind of conversion we're
/// performing, used in the error message. If @p AllowExplicit,
/// explicit user-defined conversions are permitted.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit) {
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
  return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Action, AllowExplicit, ICS);
}

ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                AssignmentAction Action, bool AllowExplicit,
                                ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS) {
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
    return ExprError();

  // Objective-C ARC: Determine whether we will allow the writeback conversion.
  bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion
    = getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
      (Action == AA_Passing || Action == AA_Sending);
  if (getLangOpts().ObjC1)
    CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(From->getLocStart(),
                                      ToType, From->getType(), From);
  ICS = ::TryImplicitConversion(*this, From, ToType,
                                /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                                AllowExplicit,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                                /*CStyle=*/false,
                                AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                                /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
  return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS, Action);
}

/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
/// conversion that strips "noreturn" off the nested function type.
bool Sema::IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                QualType &ResultTy) {
  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
    return false;

  // Permit the conversion F(t __attribute__((noreturn))) -> F(t)
  // where F adds one of the following at most once:
  //   - a pointer
  //   - a member pointer
  //   - a block pointer
  CanQualType CanTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
  CanQualType CanFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
  Type::TypeClass TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass();
  if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false;
  if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto) {
    if (TyClass == Type::Pointer) {
      CanTo = CanTo.getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
      CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    } else if (TyClass == Type::BlockPointer) {
      CanTo = CanTo.getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
      CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    } else if (TyClass == Type::MemberPointer) {
      CanTo = CanTo.getAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
      CanFrom = CanFrom.getAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    } else {
      return false;
    }

    TyClass = CanTo->getTypeClass();
    if (TyClass != CanFrom->getTypeClass()) return false;
    if (TyClass != Type::FunctionProto && TyClass != Type::FunctionNoProto)
      return false;
  }

  const FunctionType *FromFn = cast<FunctionType>(CanFrom);
  FunctionType::ExtInfo EInfo = FromFn->getExtInfo();
  if (!EInfo.getNoReturn()) return false;

  FromFn = Context.adjustFunctionType(FromFn, EInfo.withNoReturn(false));
  assert(QualType(FromFn, 0).isCanonical());
  if (QualType(FromFn, 0) != CanTo) return false;

  ResultTy = ToType;
  return true;
}

/// \brief Determine whether the conversion from FromType to ToType is a valid
/// vector conversion.
///
/// \param ICK Will be set to the vector conversion kind, if this is a vector
/// conversion.
static bool IsVectorConversion(Sema &S, QualType FromType,
                               QualType ToType, ImplicitConversionKind &ICK) {
  // We need at least one of these types to be a vector type to have a vector
  // conversion.
  if (!ToType->isVectorType() && !FromType->isVectorType())
    return false;

  // Identical types require no conversions.
  if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
    return false;

  // There are no conversions between extended vector types, only identity.
  if (ToType->isExtVectorType()) {
    // There are no conversions between extended vector types other than the
    // identity conversion.
    if (FromType->isExtVectorType())
      return false;

    // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
    if (FromType->isArithmeticType()) {
      ICK = ICK_Vector_Splat;
      return true;
    }
  }

  // We can perform the conversion between vector types in the following cases:
  // 1)vector types are equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
  // 2)lax vector conversions are permitted and the vector types are of the
  //   same size
  if (ToType->isVectorType() && FromType->isVectorType()) {
    if (S.Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromType, ToType) ||
        S.isLaxVectorConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
      ICK = ICK_Vector_Conversion;
      return true;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                bool InOverloadResolution,
                                StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                bool CStyle);

/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
static bool IsStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From, QualType ToType,
                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
                                 StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                 bool CStyle,
                                 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
  QualType FromType = From->getType();

  // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
  SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
  SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
  SCS.setFromType(FromType);
  SCS.CopyConstructor = nullptr;

  // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
  // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit them.
  if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
      (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()))
    return false;

  // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
  // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
  // (C++ 4p1).

  if (FromType == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
    DeclAccessPair AccessPair;
    if (FunctionDecl *Fn
          = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false,
                                                 AccessPair)) {
      // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
      // so we can convert to the type of that function.
      FromType = Fn->getType();
      SCS.setFromType(FromType);

      // we can sometimes resolve &foo<int> regardless of ToType, so check
      // if the type matches (identity) or we are converting to bool
      if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
                      S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), FromType)) {
        QualType resultTy;
        // if the function type matches except for [[noreturn]], it's ok
        if (!S.IsNoReturnConversion(FromType,
              S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(ToType), resultTy))
          // otherwise, only a boolean conversion is standard
          if (!ToType->isBooleanType())
            return false;
      }

      // Check if the "from" expression is taking the address of an overloaded
      // function and recompute the FromType accordingly. Take advantage of the
      // fact that non-static member functions *must* have such an address-of
      // expression.
      CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
      if (Method && !Method->isStatic()) {
        assert(isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens()) &&
               "Non-unary operator on non-static member address");
        assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode()
               == UO_AddrOf &&
               "Non-address-of operator on non-static member address");
        const Type *ClassType
          = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent()).getTypePtr();
        FromType = S.Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType, ClassType);
      } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())) {
        assert(cast<UnaryOperator>(From->IgnoreParens())->getOpcode() ==
               UO_AddrOf &&
               "Non-address-of operator for overloaded function expression");
        FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType);
      }

      // Check that we've computed the proper type after overload resolution.
      assert(S.Context.hasSameType(
        FromType,
        S.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, AccessPair, Fn)->getType()));
    } else {
      return false;
    }
  }
  // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++11 4.1):
  //   A glvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can
  //   be converted to a prvalue.
  bool argIsLValue = From->isGLValue();
  if (argIsLValue &&
      !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
      S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != S.Context.OverloadTy) {
    SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;

    // C11 6.3.2.1p2:
    //   ... if the lvalue has atomic type, the value has the non-atomic version
    //   of the type of the lvalue ...
    if (const AtomicType *Atomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>())
      FromType = Atomic->getValueType();

    // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
    // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
    // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
    // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
    FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
    // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
    SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;

    // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
    // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
    // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
    FromType = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);

    if (S.IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
      // This conversion is deprecated in C++03 (D.4)
      SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = true;

      // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
      // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
      // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
      // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
      SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
      SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
      SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = false;
      SCS.setAllToTypes(FromType);
      return true;
    }
  } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLValue) {
    // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
    SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;

    if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(From->IgnoreParenCasts()))
      if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
        if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD))
          return false;

    // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
    // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
    // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
    FromType = S.Context.getPointerType(FromType);
  } else {
    // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
    SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
  }
  SCS.setToType(0, FromType);

  // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
  // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
  // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
  // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
  // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
  // conversion.
  bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
  ImplicitConversionKind SecondICK = ICK_Identity;
  if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
    // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
    // conversion to do.
    SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
  } else if (S.IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
    // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (S.IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
    // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (S.IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
    // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
    SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
             (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
              FromType->isAnyPointerType() ||
              FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
              FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
              FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
    // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
    FromType = S.Context.BoolTy;
  } else if (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
             ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
    // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isAnyComplexType()) {
    // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
    SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if ((FromType->isAnyComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
             (ToType->isAnyComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
    // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
    SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (FromType->isRealFloatingType() && ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
    // FIXME: disable conversions between long double and __float128 if
    // their representation is different until there is back end support
    // We of course allow this conversion if long double is really double.
    if (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(FromType) !=
        &S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(ToType)) {
      bool Float128AndLongDouble = ((FromType == S.Context.Float128Ty &&
                                    ToType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy) ||
                                   (FromType == S.Context.LongDoubleTy &&
                                    ToType == S.Context.Float128Ty));
      if (Float128AndLongDouble &&
          (&S.Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(S.Context.LongDoubleTy) !=
           &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble))
        return false;
    }
    // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if ((FromType->isRealFloatingType() &&
              ToType->isIntegralType(S.Context)) ||
             (FromType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
              ToType->isRealFloatingType())) {
    // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (S.IsBlockPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
    SCS.Second = ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion;
  } else if (AllowObjCWritebackConversion &&
             S.isObjCWritebackConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
    SCS.Second = ICK_Writeback_Conversion;
  } else if (S.IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
                                   FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
    // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
    SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
    FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (S.IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType,
                                         InOverloadResolution, FromType)) {
    // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
    SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
  } else if (IsVectorConversion(S, FromType, ToType, SecondICK)) {
    SCS.Second = SecondICK;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
             S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
    // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
    SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
    FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
  } else if (S.IsNoReturnConversion(FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
    // Treat a conversion that strips "noreturn" as an identity conversion.
    SCS.Second = ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment;
  } else if (IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(S, From, ToType,
                                             InOverloadResolution,
                                             SCS, CStyle)) {
    SCS.Second = ICK_TransparentUnionConversion;
    FromType = ToType;
  } else if (tryAtomicConversion(S, From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, SCS,
                                 CStyle)) {
    // tryAtomicConversion has updated the standard conversion sequence
    // appropriately.
    return true;
  } else if (ToType->isEventT() &&
             From->isIntegerConstantExpr(S.getASTContext()) &&
             From->EvaluateKnownConstInt(S.getASTContext()) == 0) {
    SCS.Second = ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion;
    FromType = ToType;
  } else {
    // No second conversion required.
    SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
  }
  SCS.setToType(1, FromType);

  QualType CanonFrom;
  QualType CanonTo;
  // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
  bool ObjCLifetimeConversion;
  if (S.IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType, CStyle,
                                  ObjCLifetimeConversion)) {
    SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
    SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
    FromType = ToType;
    CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
    CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
  } else {
    // No conversion required
    SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;

    // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
    //   [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
    //   subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
    //   a conversion. [...]
    CanonFrom = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
    CanonTo = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
    if (CanonFrom.getLocalUnqualifiedType()
                                       == CanonTo.getLocalUnqualifiedType() &&
        CanonFrom.getLocalQualifiers() != CanonTo.getLocalQualifiers()) {
      FromType = ToType;
      CanonFrom = CanonTo;
    }
  }
  SCS.setToType(2, FromType);

  if (CanonFrom == CanonTo)
    return true;

  // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
  // this is a bad conversion sequence, unless we're resolving an overload in C.
  if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !InOverloadResolution)
    return false;

  ExprResult ER = ExprResult{From};
  auto Conv = S.CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, ER,
                                                 /*Diagnose=*/false,
                                                 /*DiagnoseCFAudited=*/false,
                                                 /*ConvertRHS=*/false);
  if (Conv != Sema::Compatible)
    return false;

  SCS.setAllToTypes(ToType);
  // We need to set all three because we want this conversion to rank terribly,
  // and we don't know what conversions it may overlap with.
  SCS.First = ICK_C_Only_Conversion;
  SCS.Second = ICK_C_Only_Conversion;
  SCS.Third = ICK_C_Only_Conversion;
  return true;
}

static bool
IsTransparentUnionStandardConversion(Sema &S, Expr* From,
                                     QualType &ToType,
                                     bool InOverloadResolution,
                                     StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                     bool CStyle) {

  const RecordType *UT = ToType->getAsUnionType();
  if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
    return false;
  // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
  RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
  // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
  for (const auto *it : UD->fields()) {
    if (IsStandardConversion(S, From, it->getType(), InOverloadResolution, SCS,
                             CStyle, /*ObjCWritebackConversion=*/false)) {
      ToType = it->getType();
      return true;
    }
  }
  return false;
}

/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
  const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
  // All integers are built-in.
  if (!To) {
    return false;
  }

  // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
  // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
  // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
  // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
  // int (C++ 4.5p1).
  if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType() &&
      !FromType->isEnumeralType()) {
    if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
        (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
         // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
         // less than int to an int.
         Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType))) {
      return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
    }

    return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
  }

  // C++11 [conv.prom]p3:
  //   A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is not
  //   fixed (7.2) can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the
  //   following types that can represent all the values of the enumeration
  //   (i.e., the values in the range bmin to bmax as described in 7.2): int,
  //   unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned
  //   long long int. If none of the types in that list can represent all the
  //   values of the enumeration, an rvalue a prvalue of an unscoped enumeration
  //   type can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of the extended integer type
  //   with lowest integer conversion rank (4.13) greater than the rank of long
  //   long in which all the values of the enumeration can be represented. If
  //   there are two such extended types, the signed one is chosen.
  // C++11 [conv.prom]p4:
  //   A prvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed
  //   can be converted to a prvalue of its underlying type. Moreover, if
  //   integral promotion can be applied to its underlying type, a prvalue of an
  //   unscoped enumeration type whose underlying type is fixed can also be
  //   converted to a prvalue of the promoted underlying type.
  if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    // C++0x 7.2p9: Note that this implicit enum to int conversion is not
    // provided for a scoped enumeration.
    if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isScoped())
      return false;

    // We can perform an integral promotion to the underlying type of the enum,
    // even if that's not the promoted type. Note that the check for promoting
    // the underlying type is based on the type alone, and does not consider
    // the bitfield-ness of the actual source expression.
    if (FromEnumType->getDecl()->isFixed()) {
      QualType Underlying = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
      return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Underlying, ToType) ||
             IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, Underlying, ToType);
    }

    // We have already pre-calculated the promotion type, so this is trivial.
    if (ToType->isIntegerType() &&
        isCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), FromType))
      return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
          ToType, FromEnumType->getDecl()->getPromotionType());
  }

  // C++0x [conv.prom]p2:
  //   A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t (3.9.1) can be converted
  //   to an rvalue a prvalue of the first of the following types that can
  //   represent all the values of its underlying type: int, unsigned int,
  //   long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
  //   If none of the types in that list can represent all the values of its
  //   underlying type, an rvalue a prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t,
  //   or wchar_t can be converted to an rvalue a prvalue of its underlying
  //   type.
  if (FromType->isAnyCharacterType() && !FromType->isCharType() &&
      ToType->isIntegerType()) {
    // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
    // unsigned.
    bool FromIsSigned = FromType->isSignedIntegerType();
    uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);

    // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
    // order. Try each of these types.
    QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
      Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
      Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
      Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
    };
    for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
      uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
      if (FromSize < ToSize ||
          (FromSize == ToSize &&
           FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
        // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
        // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
        // promotion.
        return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, PromoteTypes[Idx]);
      }
    }
  }

  // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
  // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
  // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
  // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
  // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
  // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
  // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
  // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
  // conversion.
  if (From) {
    if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getSourceBitField()) {
      llvm::APSInt BitWidth;
      if (FromType->isIntegralType(Context) &&
          MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
        llvm::APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
        ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);

        // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
        if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
            (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
          return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
        }

        // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
        // that fits into an unsigned int?
        if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
          return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
        }

        return false;
      }
    }
  }

  // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
  // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
  if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
  if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAs<BuiltinType>())
    if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
      /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
      /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
      if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
          ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
        return true;

      // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
      //   When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
      //   double is promoted to long double [...].
      if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
          (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
           FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
          (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble ||
           ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float128))
        return true;

      // Half can be promoted to float.
      if (!getLangOpts().NativeHalfType &&
           FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half &&
          ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
        return true;
    }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
///
/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
/// floating-point or integral promotion.
bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
  const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAs<ComplexType>();
  if (!FromComplex)
    return false;

  const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>();
  if (!ToComplex)
    return false;

  return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
                                  ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
    IsIntegralPromotion(nullptr, FromComplex->getElementType(),
                        ToComplex->getElementType());
}

/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
///
static QualType
BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const Type *FromPtr,
                                   QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
                                   ASTContext &Context,
                                   bool StripObjCLifetime = false) {
  assert((FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::Pointer ||
          FromPtr->getTypeClass() == Type::ObjCObjectPointer) &&
         "Invalid similarly-qualified pointer type");

  /// Conversions to 'id' subsume cv-qualifier conversions.
  if (ToType->isObjCIdType() || ToType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
    return ToType.getUnqualifiedType();

  QualType CanonFromPointee
    = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
  QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
  Qualifiers Quals = CanonFromPointee.getQualifiers();

  if (StripObjCLifetime)
    Quals.removeObjCLifetime();

  // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
  if (CanonToPointee.getLocalQualifiers() == Quals) {
    // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
    if (!ToType.isNull())
      return ToType.getUnqualifiedType();

    // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
    // already.
    if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType))
      return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(ToPointee);
    return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
  }

  // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
  QualType QualifiedCanonToPointee
    = Context.getQualifiedType(CanonToPointee.getLocalUnqualifiedType(), Quals);

  if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(ToType))
    return Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee);
  return Context.getPointerType(QualifiedCanonToPointee);
}

static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
                                               bool InOverloadResolution,
                                               ASTContext &Context) {
  // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
  // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
  if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
      Expr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !Expr->getType()->isEnumeralType())
    return !InOverloadResolution;

  return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                    InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
                                        : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
}

/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
/// ConvertedType.
///
/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
/// should result in a warning.
bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                               bool InOverloadResolution,
                               QualType& ConvertedType,
                               bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
  IncompatibleObjC = false;
  if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType,
                              IncompatibleObjC))
    return true;

  // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
  if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
      isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }

  // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
  if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
      ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }
  // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
  // pointer type.
  if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
      isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }

  // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
  // pointer constant.
  if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
      isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }

  const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
  if (!ToTypePtr)
    return false;

  // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
  if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }

  // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers
  // , including objective-c pointers.
  QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
  if (FromType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType() &&
      !getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(
                                      FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context);
    return true;
  }
  const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
  if (!FromTypePtr)
    return false;

  QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();

  // If the unqualified pointee types are the same, this can't be a
  // pointer conversion, so don't do all of the work below.
  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType))
    return false;

  // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
  // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
  // 4.10p2).
  if (FromPointeeType->isIncompleteOrObjectType() &&
      ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context,
                                                   /*StripObjCLifetime=*/true);
    return true;
  }

  // MSVC allows implicit function to void* type conversion.
  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() &&
      ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context);
    return true;
  }

  // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
  // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
  if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
      Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context);
    return true;
  }

  // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
  //
  //   An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
  //   can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
  //   B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
  //   (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
  //   necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
  //   conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
  //   derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
  //   the null pointer value of the destination type.
  //
  // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
  // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
      FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
      !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType) &&
      IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context);
    return true;
  }

  if (FromPointeeType->isVectorType() && ToPointeeType->isVectorType() &&
      Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
    ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
                                                       ToPointeeType,
                                                       ToType, Context);
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Adopt the given qualifiers for the given type.
static QualType AdoptQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, Qualifiers Qs){
  Qualifiers TQs = T.getQualifiers();

  // Check whether qualifiers already match.
  if (TQs == Qs)
    return T;

  if (Qs.compatiblyIncludes(TQs))
    return Context.getQualifiedType(T, Qs);

  return Context.getQualifiedType(T.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs);
}

/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
/// with the same arguments and return values.
bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                   QualType& ConvertedType,
                                   bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
  if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1)
    return false;

  // The set of qualifiers on the type we're converting from.
  Qualifiers FromQualifiers = FromType.getQualifiers();

  // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
  const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr =
    ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
  const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
    FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();

  if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
    // If the pointee types are the same (ignoring qualifications),
    // then this is not a pointer conversion.
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
                                       FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
      return false;

    // Conversion between Objective-C pointers.
    if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
      const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = ToObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
      const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = FromObjCPtr->getInterfaceType();
      if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && LHS && RHS &&
          !ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
                                                FromObjCPtr->getPointeeType()))
        return false;
      ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr,
                                                   ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
                                                         ToType, Context);
      ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
      return true;
    }

    if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
      // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
      // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
      // complain about it.
      IncompatibleObjC = true;
      ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromObjCPtr,
                                                   ToObjCPtr->getPointeeType(),
                                                         ToType, Context);
      ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
      return true;
    }
  }
  // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
  QualType ToPointeeType;
  if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
    ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
  else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
            ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
    // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to any object
    // to a block pointer type.
    if (FromObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
      ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
      return true;
    }
    ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
  }
  else if (FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>() &&
           ToObjCPtr && ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
    // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a block pointer type to a
    // pointer to any object.
    ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
    return true;
  }
  else
    return false;

  QualType FromPointeeType;
  if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
    FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
  else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr =
           FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
    FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
  else
    return false;

  // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
  // is an Objective-C conversion.
  if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
      isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
                              IncompatibleObjC)) {
    // We always complain about this conversion.
    IncompatibleObjC = true;
    ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType);
    ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
    return true;
  }
  // Allow conversion of pointee being objective-c pointer to another one;
  // as in I* to id.
  if (FromPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
      ToPointeeType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>() &&
      isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
                              IncompatibleObjC)) {

    ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(ConvertedType);
    ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ConvertedType, FromQualifiers);
    return true;
  }

  // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
  // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
  // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
  // complain about it).
  const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
    = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
    = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
    // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
    // Objective-C pointer conversion.
    if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
          == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
      return false;

    // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
    // function types are obviously different.
    if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() ||
        FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
        FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
      return false;

    bool HasObjCConversion = false;
    if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType()) ==
        Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) {
      // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
    } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(),
                                       ToFunctionType->getReturnType(),
                                       ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
      // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
      HasObjCConversion = true;
    } else {
      // Function types are too different. Abort.
      return false;
    }

    // Check argument types.
    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams();
         ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
      QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx);
      QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx);
      if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
            == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
        // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
      } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
                                         ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
        // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
        HasObjCConversion = true;
      } else {
        // Argument types are too different. Abort.
        return false;
      }
    }

    if (HasObjCConversion) {
      // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
      // conversion, but complain about it.
      ConvertedType = AdoptQualifiers(Context, ToType, FromQualifiers);
      IncompatibleObjC = true;
      return true;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Determine whether this is an Objective-C writeback conversion,
/// used for parameter passing when performing automatic reference counting.
///
/// \param FromType The type we're converting form.
///
/// \param ToType The type we're converting to.
///
/// \param ConvertedType The type that will be produced after applying
/// this conversion.
bool Sema::isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                     QualType &ConvertedType) {
  if (!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount ||
      Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType))
    return false;

  // Parameter must be a pointer to __autoreleasing (with no other qualifiers).
  QualType ToPointee;
  if (const PointerType *ToPointer = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
    ToPointee = ToPointer->getPointeeType();
  else
    return false;

  Qualifiers ToQuals = ToPointee.getQualifiers();
  if (!ToPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() ||
      ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing ||
      !ToQuals.withoutObjCLifetime().empty())
    return false;

  // Argument must be a pointer to __strong to __weak.
  QualType FromPointee;
  if (const PointerType *FromPointer = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
    FromPointee = FromPointer->getPointeeType();
  else
    return false;

  Qualifiers FromQuals = FromPointee.getQualifiers();
  if (!FromPointee->isObjCLifetimeType() ||
      (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
       FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak))
    return false;

  // Make sure that we have compatible qualifiers.
  FromQuals.setObjCLifetime(Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing);
  if (!ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals))
    return false;

  // Remove qualifiers from the pointee type we're converting from; they
  // aren't used in the compatibility check belong, and we'll be adding back
  // qualifiers (with __autoreleasing) if the compatibility check succeeds.
  FromPointee = FromPointee.getUnqualifiedType();

  // The unqualified form of the pointee types must be compatible.
  ToPointee = ToPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
  bool IncompatibleObjC;
  if (Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointee, ToPointee))
    FromPointee = ToPointee;
  else if (!isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointee, ToPointee, FromPointee,
                                    IncompatibleObjC))
    return false;

  /// \brief Construct the type we're converting to, which is a pointer to
  /// __autoreleasing pointee.
  FromPointee = Context.getQualifiedType(FromPointee, FromQuals);
  ConvertedType = Context.getPointerType(FromPointee);
  return true;
}

bool Sema::IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                    QualType& ConvertedType) {
  QualType ToPointeeType;
  if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr =
        ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
    ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
  else
    return false;

  QualType FromPointeeType;
  if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr =
      FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
    FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
  else
    return false;
  // We have pointer to blocks, check whether the only
  // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
  // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion.

  const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
    = FromPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
    = ToPointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

  if (!FromFunctionType || !ToFunctionType)
    return false;

  if (Context.hasSameType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType))
    return true;

  // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
  // function types are obviously different.
  if (FromFunctionType->getNumParams() != ToFunctionType->getNumParams() ||
      FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic())
    return false;

  FunctionType::ExtInfo FromEInfo = FromFunctionType->getExtInfo();
  FunctionType::ExtInfo ToEInfo = ToFunctionType->getExtInfo();
  if (FromEInfo != ToEInfo)
    return false;

  bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
  if (Context.hasSameType(FromFunctionType->getReturnType(),
                          ToFunctionType->getReturnType())) {
    // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
  } else {
    QualType RHS = FromFunctionType->getReturnType();
    QualType LHS = ToFunctionType->getReturnType();
    if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !RHS->isRecordType()) &&
        !RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers())
       LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();

     if (Context.hasSameType(RHS,LHS)) {
       // OK exact match.
     } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(RHS, LHS,
                                        ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
     if (IncompatibleObjC)
       return false;
     // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
     }
     else
       return false;
   }

   // Check argument types.
   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumParams();
        ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
     IncompatibleObjC = false;
     QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx);
     QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getParamType(ArgIdx);
     if (Context.hasSameType(FromArgType, ToArgType)) {
       // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
     } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(ToArgType, FromArgType,
                                        ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
       if (IncompatibleObjC)
         return false;
       // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
     } else
       // Argument types are too different. Abort.
       return false;
   }
   if (!Context.doFunctionTypesMatchOnExtParameterInfos(FromFunctionType,
                                                        ToFunctionType))
     return false;

   ConvertedType = ToType;
   return true;
}

enum {
  ft_default,
  ft_different_class,
  ft_parameter_arity,
  ft_parameter_mismatch,
  ft_return_type,
  ft_qualifer_mismatch
};

/// Attempts to get the FunctionProtoType from a Type. Handles
/// MemberFunctionPointers properly.
static const FunctionProtoType *tryGetFunctionProtoType(QualType FromType) {
  if (auto *FPT = FromType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
    return FPT;

  if (auto *MPT = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
    return MPT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

  return nullptr;
}

/// HandleFunctionTypeMismatch - Gives diagnostic information for differeing
/// function types.  Catches different number of parameter, mismatch in
/// parameter types, and different return types.
void Sema::HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
                                      QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
  // If either type is not valid, include no extra info.
  if (FromType.isNull() || ToType.isNull()) {
    PDiag << ft_default;
    return;
  }

  // Get the function type from the pointers.
  if (FromType->isMemberPointerType() && ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
    const MemberPointerType *FromMember = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
                            *ToMember = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
    if (!Context.hasSameType(FromMember->getClass(), ToMember->getClass())) {
      PDiag << ft_different_class << QualType(ToMember->getClass(), 0)
            << QualType(FromMember->getClass(), 0);
      return;
    }
    FromType = FromMember->getPointeeType();
    ToType = ToMember->getPointeeType();
  }

  if (FromType->isPointerType())
    FromType = FromType->getPointeeType();
  if (ToType->isPointerType())
    ToType = ToType->getPointeeType();

  // Remove references.
  FromType = FromType.getNonReferenceType();
  ToType = ToType.getNonReferenceType();

  // Don't print extra info for non-specialized template functions.
  if (FromType->isInstantiationDependentType() &&
      !FromType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
    PDiag << ft_default;
    return;
  }

  // No extra info for same types.
  if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, ToType)) {
    PDiag << ft_default;
    return;
  }

  const FunctionProtoType *FromFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(FromType),
                          *ToFunction = tryGetFunctionProtoType(ToType);

  // Both types need to be function types.
  if (!FromFunction || !ToFunction) {
    PDiag << ft_default;
    return;
  }

  if (FromFunction->getNumParams() != ToFunction->getNumParams()) {
    PDiag << ft_parameter_arity << ToFunction->getNumParams()
          << FromFunction->getNumParams();
    return;
  }

  // Handle different parameter types.
  unsigned ArgPos;
  if (!FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(FromFunction, ToFunction, &ArgPos)) {
    PDiag << ft_parameter_mismatch << ArgPos + 1
          << ToFunction->getParamType(ArgPos)
          << FromFunction->getParamType(ArgPos);
    return;
  }

  // Handle different return type.
  if (!Context.hasSameType(FromFunction->getReturnType(),
                           ToFunction->getReturnType())) {
    PDiag << ft_return_type << ToFunction->getReturnType()
          << FromFunction->getReturnType();
    return;
  }

  unsigned FromQuals = FromFunction->getTypeQuals(),
           ToQuals = ToFunction->getTypeQuals();
  if (FromQuals != ToQuals) {
    PDiag << ft_qualifer_mismatch << ToQuals << FromQuals;
    return;
  }

  // Unable to find a difference, so add no extra info.
  PDiag << ft_default;
}

/// FunctionParamTypesAreEqual - This routine checks two function proto types
/// for equality of their argument types. Caller has already checked that
/// they have same number of arguments.  If the parameters are different,
/// ArgPos will have the parameter index of the first different parameter.
bool Sema::FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
                                      const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
                                      unsigned *ArgPos) {
  for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator O = OldType->param_type_begin(),
                                              N = NewType->param_type_begin(),
                                              E = OldType->param_type_end();
       O && (O != E); ++O, ++N) {
    if (!Context.hasSameType(O->getUnqualifiedType(),
                             N->getUnqualifiedType())) {
      if (ArgPos)
        *ArgPos = O - OldType->param_type_begin();
      return false;
    }
  }
  return true;
}

/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
/// error, or returns false otherwise.
bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                  CastKind &Kind,
                                  CXXCastPath& BasePath,
                                  bool IgnoreBaseAccess,
                                  bool Diagnose) {
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  bool IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast = IgnoreBaseAccess;

  Kind = CK_BitCast;

  if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast && !FromType->isAnyPointerType() &&
      From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) ==
          Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression) {
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(From->getType(), Context.BoolTy))
      DiagRuntimeBehavior(From->getExprLoc(), From,
                          PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_bool_to_null_pointer)
                            << ToType << From->getSourceRange());
    else if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
      Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_non_literal_null_pointer)
        << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
  }
  if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
               ToPointeeType   = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();

      if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
          !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
        // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
        // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
        unsigned InaccessibleID = 0;
        unsigned AmbigiousID = 0;
        if (Diagnose) {
          InaccessibleID = diag::err_upcast_to_inaccessible_base;
          AmbigiousID = diag::err_ambiguous_derived_to_base_conv;
        }
        if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
                FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, InaccessibleID, AmbigiousID,
                From->getExprLoc(), From->getSourceRange(), DeclarationName(),
                &BasePath, IgnoreBaseAccess))
          return true;

        // The conversion was successful.
        Kind = CK_DerivedToBase;
      }

      if (Diagnose && !IsCStyleOrFunctionalCast &&
          FromPointeeType->isFunctionType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
        assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
               "this should only be possible with MSVCCompat!");
        Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_ms_impcast_fn_obj)
            << From->getSourceRange();
      }
    }
  } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
               ToType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
          FromType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
      // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
      // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
      // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
      if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
        return false;
    } else if (FromType->isBlockPointerType()) {
      Kind = CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast;
    } else {
      Kind = CK_CPointerToObjCPointerCast;
    }
  } else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType()) {
    if (!FromType->isBlockPointerType())
      Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
  }

  // We shouldn't fall into this case unless it's valid for other
  // reasons.
  if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
    Kind = CK_NullToPointer;

  return false;
}

/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
                                     QualType ToType,
                                     bool InOverloadResolution,
                                     QualType &ConvertedType) {
  const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!ToTypePtr)
    return false;

  // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
  if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                    InOverloadResolution? Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull
                                        : Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    ConvertedType = ToType;
    return true;
  }

  // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
  const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!FromTypePtr)
    return false;

  // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
  // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
  QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
  QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);

  if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromClass, ToClass) &&
      IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), ToClass, FromClass)) {
    ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
                                                 ToClass.getTypePtr());
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
/// virtual or inaccessible base-to-derived member pointer conversions
/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
/// otherwise.
bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                        CastKind &Kind,
                                        CXXCastPath &BasePath,
                                        bool IgnoreBaseAccess) {
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  if (!FromPtrType) {
    // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
    assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                       Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull) &&
           "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
    Kind = CK_NullToMemberPointer;
    return false;
  }

  const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
                      "that is not a member pointer.");

  QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
  QualType ToClass   = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);

  // FIXME: What about dependent types?
  assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
  assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");

  CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
                     /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
  bool DerivationOkay =
      IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
  assert(DerivationOkay &&
         "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
  (void)DerivationOkay;

  if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
                                  getUnqualifiedType())) {
    std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
    Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
      << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
    return true;
  }

  if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
    Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
      << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
      << From->getSourceRange();
    return true;
  }

  if (!IgnoreBaseAccess)
    CheckBaseClassAccess(From->getExprLoc(), FromClass, ToClass,
                         Paths.front(),
                         diag::err_downcast_from_inaccessible_base);

  // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
  BuildBasePathArray(Paths, BasePath);
  Kind = CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
  return false;
}

/// Determine whether the lifetime conversion between the two given
/// qualifiers sets is nontrivial.
static bool isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(Qualifiers FromQuals,
                                               Qualifiers ToQuals) {
  // Converting anything to const __unsafe_unretained is trivial.
  if (ToQuals.hasConst() &&
      ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
    return false;

  return true;
}

/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
/// (C++ 4.4).
///
/// \param ObjCLifetimeConversion Output parameter that will be set to indicate
/// when the qualification conversion involves a change in the Objective-C
/// object lifetime.
bool
Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
                                bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
  FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
  ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
  ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;

  // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
  // qualification conversion.
  if (FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType())
    return false;

  // (C++ 4.4p4):
  //   A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
  //   in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
  bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
  bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
  while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
    // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
    // determine if this still looks like a qualification
    // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
    // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
    // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
    // unwrap.
    UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;

    Qualifiers FromQuals = FromType.getQualifiers();
    Qualifiers ToQuals = ToType.getQualifiers();

    // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is void.
    if (ToType.getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType())
      FromQuals.removeUnaligned();

    // Objective-C ARC:
    //   Check Objective-C lifetime conversions.
    if (FromQuals.getObjCLifetime() != ToQuals.getObjCLifetime() &&
        UnwrappedAnyPointer) {
      if (ToQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(FromQuals)) {
        if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(FromQuals, ToQuals))
          ObjCLifetimeConversion = true;
        FromQuals.removeObjCLifetime();
        ToQuals.removeObjCLifetime();
      } else {
        // Qualification conversions cannot cast between different
        // Objective-C lifetime qualifiers.
        return false;
      }
    }

    // Allow addition/removal of GC attributes but not changing GC attributes.
    if (FromQuals.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQuals.getObjCGCAttr() &&
        (!FromQuals.hasObjCGCAttr() || !ToQuals.hasObjCGCAttr())) {
      FromQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
      ToQuals.removeObjCGCAttr();
    }

    //   -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
    //      2,j, and similarly for volatile.
    if (!CStyle && !ToQuals.compatiblyIncludes(FromQuals))
      return false;

    //   -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
    //      every cv for 0 < k < j.
    if (!CStyle && FromQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != ToQuals.getCVRQualifiers()
        && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
      return false;

    // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
    // include const.
    PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
      = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToQuals.hasConst();
  }

  // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
  // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
  // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
  // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
  // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
  return UnwrappedAnyPointer && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType,ToType);
}

/// \brief - Determine whether this is a conversion from a scalar type to an
/// atomic type.
///
/// If successful, updates \c SCS's second and third steps in the conversion
/// sequence to finish the conversion.
static bool tryAtomicConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                bool InOverloadResolution,
                                StandardConversionSequence &SCS,
                                bool CStyle) {
  const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>();
  if (!ToAtomic)
    return false;

  StandardConversionSequence InnerSCS;
  if (!IsStandardConversion(S, From, ToAtomic->getValueType(),
                            InOverloadResolution, InnerSCS,
                            CStyle, /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false))
    return false;

  SCS.Second = InnerSCS.Second;
  SCS.setToType(1, InnerSCS.getToType(1));
  SCS.Third = InnerSCS.Third;
  SCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime
    = InnerSCS.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime;
  SCS.setToType(2, InnerSCS.getToType(2));
  return true;
}

static bool isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(ASTContext &Context,
                                              CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
                                              QualType Type) {
  const FunctionProtoType *CtorType =
      Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  if (CtorType->getNumParams() > 0) {
    QualType FirstArg = CtorType->getParamType(0);
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, FirstArg.getNonReferenceType()))
      return true;
  }
  return false;
}

static OverloadingResult
IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                       CXXRecordDecl *To,
                                       UserDefinedConversionSequence &User,
                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                       bool AllowExplicit) {
  for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(To)) {
    auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D);
    if (!Info)
      continue;

    bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
                  S.isInitListConstructor(Info.Constructor) &&
                  (AllowExplicit || !Info.Constructor->isExplicit());
    if (Usable) {
      // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type,
      // suppress conversions.
      bool SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(
          S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType);
      if (Info.ConstructorTmpl)
        S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl,
                                       /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, From,
                                       CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
      else
        S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl, From,
                               CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
    }
  }

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (auto Result =
            CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getLocStart(),
                                            Best, true)) {
  case OR_Deleted:
  case OR_Success: {
    // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
    CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function);
    QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(S.Context);
    // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such.
    User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
    User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
    User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
    User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
    User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
    User.After.setFromType(ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
    User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
    return Result;
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    return OR_No_Viable_Function;
  case OR_Ambiguous:
    return OR_Ambiguous;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!");
}

/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
/// false and User is unspecified.
///
/// \param AllowExplicit  true if the conversion should consider C++0x
/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
///
/// \param AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit true if the conversion should
/// allow an extra Objective-C pointer conversion on uses of explicit
/// constructors. Requires \c AllowExplicit to also be set.
static OverloadingResult
IsUserDefinedConversion(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                        UserDefinedConversionSequence &User,
                        OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                        bool AllowExplicit,
                        bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) {
  assert(AllowExplicit || !AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);

  // Whether we will only visit constructors.
  bool ConstructorsOnly = false;

  // If the type we are conversion to is a class type, enumerate its
  // constructors.
  if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
    //   When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
    //   copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
    //   derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
    //   constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
    //   functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
    //   that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
    //   the parentheses of the initializer.
    if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType, From->getType()) ||
        (From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>() &&
         S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(), ToType)))
      ConstructorsOnly = true;

    if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType)) {
      // We're not going to find any constructors.
    } else if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
                 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {

      Expr **Args = &From;
      unsigned NumArgs = 1;
      bool ListInitializing = false;
      if (InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From)) {
        // But first, see if there is an init-list-constructor that will work.
        OverloadingResult Result = IsInitializerListConstructorConversion(
            S, From, ToType, ToRecordDecl, User, CandidateSet, AllowExplicit);
        if (Result != OR_No_Viable_Function)
          return Result;
        // Never mind.
        CandidateSet.clear();

        // If we're list-initializing, we pass the individual elements as
        // arguments, not the entire list.
        Args = InitList->getInits();
        NumArgs = InitList->getNumInits();
        ListInitializing = true;
      }

      for (auto *D : S.LookupConstructors(ToRecordDecl)) {
        auto Info = getConstructorInfo(D);
        if (!Info)
          continue;

        bool Usable = !Info.Constructor->isInvalidDecl();
        if (ListInitializing)
          Usable = Usable && (AllowExplicit || !Info.Constructor->isExplicit());
        else
          Usable = Usable &&
                   Info.Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit);
        if (Usable) {
          bool SuppressUserConversions = !ConstructorsOnly;
          if (SuppressUserConversions && ListInitializing) {
            SuppressUserConversions = false;
            if (NumArgs == 1) {
              // If the first argument is (a reference to) the target type,
              // suppress conversions.
              SuppressUserConversions = isFirstArgumentCompatibleWithType(
                  S.Context, Info.Constructor, ToType);
            }
          }
          if (Info.ConstructorTmpl)
            S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(
                Info.ConstructorTmpl, Info.FoundDecl,
                /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr, llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
          else
            // Allow one user-defined conversion when user specifies a
            // From->ToType conversion via an static cast (c-style, etc).
            S.AddOverloadCandidate(Info.Constructor, Info.FoundDecl,
                                   llvm::makeArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
                                   CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // Enumerate conversion functions, if we're allowed to.
  if (ConstructorsOnly || isa<InitListExpr>(From)) {
  } else if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType())) {
    // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
  } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
                                   = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
         = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
      // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
      const auto &Conversions = FromRecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
      for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) {
        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = I.getPair();
        NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
        CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
        if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
          D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();

        CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
        FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
        if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
          Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
        else
          Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);

        if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
          if (ConvTemplate)
            S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, FoundDecl,
                                             ActingContext, From, ToType,
                                             CandidateSet,
                                             AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
          else
            S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
                                     From, ToType, CandidateSet,
                                     AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (auto Result = CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, From->getLocStart(),
                                                        Best, true)) {
  case OR_Success:
  case OR_Deleted:
    // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
    if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
          = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
      // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
      //   If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
      //   constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
      //   sequence converts the source type to the type required by
      //   the argument of the constructor.
      //
      QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(S.Context);
      if (isa<InitListExpr>(From)) {
        // Initializer lists don't have conversions as such.
        User.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
      } else {
        if (Best->Conversions[0].isEllipsis())
          User.EllipsisConversion = true;
        else {
          User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
          User.EllipsisConversion = false;
        }
      }
      User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
      User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
      User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
      User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
      User.After.setFromType(ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
      User.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
      return Result;
    }
    if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
                 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
      // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
      //
      //   [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
      //   conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
      //   conversion sequence converts the source type to the
      //   implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
      User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
      User.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
      User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
      User.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
      User.EllipsisConversion = false;

      // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
      //   The second standard conversion sequence converts the
      //   result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
      //   for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
      //   is an initialization, the special rules for
      //   initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
      //   selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
      //   user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
      //   13.3.3.1).
      User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
      return Result;
    }
    llvm_unreachable("Not a constructor or conversion function?");

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    return OR_No_Viable_Function;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    return OR_Ambiguous;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!");
}

bool
Sema::DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(From->getExprLoc(),
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  OverloadingResult OvResult =
    IsUserDefinedConversion(*this, From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
                            CandidateSet, false, false);
  if (OvResult == OR_Ambiguous)
    Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
        << From->getType() << ToType << From->getSourceRange();
  else if (OvResult == OR_No_Viable_Function && !CandidateSet.empty()) {
    if (!RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType,
                             diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition_incomplete,
                             From->getType(), From->getSourceRange()))
      Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_nonviable_condition)
          << false << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << ToType;
  } else
    return false;
  CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, From);
  return true;
}

/// \brief Compare the user-defined conversion functions or constructors
/// of two user-defined conversion sequences to determine whether any ordering
/// is possible.
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
compareConversionFunctions(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *Function1,
                           FunctionDecl *Function2) {
  if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC1 || !S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // Objective-C++:
  //   If both conversion functions are implicitly-declared conversions from
  //   a lambda closure type to a function pointer and a block pointer,
  //   respectively, always prefer the conversion to a function pointer,
  //   because the function pointer is more lightweight and is more likely
  //   to keep code working.
  CXXConversionDecl *Conv1 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXConversionDecl>(Function1);
  if (!Conv1)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  CXXConversionDecl *Conv2 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Function2);
  if (!Conv2)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  if (Conv1->getParent()->isLambda() && Conv2->getParent()->isLambda()) {
    bool Block1 = Conv1->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType();
    bool Block2 = Conv2->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType();
    if (Block1 != Block2)
      return Block1 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
                    : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
  }

  return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}

static bool hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(
    const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS) {
  return (ICS.isStandard() && ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr) ||
         (ICS.isUserDefined() &&
          ICS.UserDefined.Before.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr);
}

/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                   const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
                                   const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
{
  // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
  // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
  //   -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
  //      conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
  //      an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
  //   -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
  //      conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
  //      (13.3.3.1.3).
  //
  // C++0x [over.best.ics]p10:
  //   For the purpose of ranking implicit conversion sequences as
  //   described in 13.3.3.2, the ambiguous conversion sequence is
  //   treated as a user-defined sequence that is indistinguishable
  //   from any other user-defined conversion sequence.

  // String literal to 'char *' conversion has been deprecated in C++03. It has
  // been removed from C++11. We still accept this conversion, if it happens at
  // the best viable function. Otherwise, this conversion is considered worse
  // than ellipsis conversion. Consider this as an extension; this is not in the
  // standard. For example:
  //
  // int &f(...);    // #1
  // void f(char*);  // #2
  // void g() { int &r = f("foo"); }
  //
  // In C++03, we pick #2 as the best viable function.
  // In C++11, we pick #1 as the best viable function, because ellipsis
  // conversion is better than string-literal to char* conversion (since there
  // is no such conversion in C++11). If there was no #1 at all or #1 couldn't
  // convert arguments, #2 would be the best viable function in C++11.
  // If the best viable function has this conversion, a warning will be issued
  // in C++03, or an ExtWarn (+SFINAE failure) will be issued in C++11.

  if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !S.getLangOpts().WritableStrings &&
      hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1) !=
      hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS2))
    return hasDeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtrConversion(ICS1)
               ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
               : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

  if (ICS1.getKindRank() < ICS2.getKindRank())
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
  if (ICS2.getKindRank() < ICS1.getKindRank())
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

  // The following checks require both conversion sequences to be of
  // the same kind.
  if (ICS1.getKind() != ICS2.getKind())
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result =
      ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
  // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
  // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):

  // List-initialization sequence L1 is a better conversion sequence than
  // list-initialization sequence L2 if:
  // - L1 converts to std::initializer_list<X> for some X and L2 does not, or,
  //   if not that,
  // - L1 converts to type "array of N1 T", L2 converts to type "array of N2 T",
  //   and N1 is smaller than N2.,
  // even if one of the other rules in this paragraph would otherwise apply.
  if (!ICS1.isBad()) {
    if (ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() &&
        !ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement())
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    if (!ICS1.isStdInitializerListElement() &&
        ICS2.isStdInitializerListElement())
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
  }

  if (ICS1.isStandard())
    // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence than
    // standard conversion sequence S2 if [...]
    Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc,
                                                ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
  else if (ICS1.isUserDefined()) {
    // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
    // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
    // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
    // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
    // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
    // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
    if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
          ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
      Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc,
                                                  ICS1.UserDefined.After,
                                                  ICS2.UserDefined.After);
    else
      Result = compareConversionFunctions(S,
                                          ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction,
                                          ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
  }

  return Result;
}

static bool hasSimilarType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
  while (Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
    Qualifiers Quals;
    T1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, Quals);
    T2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, Quals);
  }

  return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2);
}

// Per 13.3.3.2p3, compare the given standard conversion sequences to
// determine if one is a proper subset of the other.
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
compareStandardConversionSubsets(ASTContext &Context,
                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
  ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
    = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // the identity conversion sequence is considered to be a subsequence of
  // any non-identity conversion sequence
  if (SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && !SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
  else if (!SCS1.isIdentityConversion() && SCS2.isIdentityConversion())
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

  if (SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second) {
    if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity)
      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    else if (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity)
      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    else
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
  } else if (!hasSimilarType(Context, SCS1.getToType(1), SCS2.getToType(1)))
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  if (SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) {
    return Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getToType(2), SCS2.getToType(2))? Result
                             : ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
  }

  if (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity)
    return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
             ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
             : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

  if (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity)
    return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
             ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable
             : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

  return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}

/// \brief Determine whether one of the given reference bindings is better
/// than the other based on what kind of bindings they are.
static bool
isBetterReferenceBindingKind(const StandardConversionSequence &SCS1,
                             const StandardConversionSequence &SCS2) {
  // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
  //   -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
  //      implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
  //      without a ref-qualifier, and *either* S1 binds an rvalue reference
  //      to an rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference *or S1 binds an
  //      lvalue reference to a function lvalue and S2 binds an rvalue
  //      reference*.
  //
  // FIXME: Rvalue references. We're going rogue with the above edits,
  // because the semantics in the current C++0x working paper (N3225 at the
  // time of this writing) break the standard definition of std::forward
  // and std::reference_wrapper when dealing with references to functions.
  // Proposed wording changes submitted to CWG for consideration.
  if (SCS1.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier ||
      SCS2.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier)
    return false;

  return (!SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToRvalue &&
          SCS2.IsLvalueReference) ||
         (SCS1.IsLvalueReference && SCS1.BindsToFunctionLvalue &&
          !SCS2.IsLvalueReference && SCS2.BindsToFunctionLvalue);
}

/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareStandardConversionSequences(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                   const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                   const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
{
  // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
  // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):

  //  -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
  //     sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
  //     excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
  //     sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
  //     non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
  if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind CK
        = compareStandardConversionSubsets(S.Context, SCS1, SCS2))
    return CK;

  //  -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
  //     defined below), or, if not that,
  ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
  ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
  if (Rank1 < Rank2)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
  else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

  // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
  // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
  // applies:

  //   A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
  //   pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
  //   that is such a conversion.
  if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
    return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
             ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
             : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

  // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
  //
  //   If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
  //   conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
  //   void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
  //   of B* to void*.
  bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
    = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context);
  bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
    = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(S.Context);
  if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
    // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
    // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
    return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
                              : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
  } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
    // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
    // their derived-to-base conversions.
    if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
          = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(S, Loc, SCS1, SCS2))
      return DerivedCK;
  } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid &&
             !S.Context.hasSameType(SCS1.getFromType(), SCS2.getFromType())) {
    // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
    // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
    // inheritance relationship in their sources.
    QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
    QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();

    // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
    // conversion, if we need to.
    if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
      FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
    if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
      FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);

    QualType FromPointee1 = FromType1->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType FromPointee2 = FromType2->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();

    if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

    // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
    // other, it is the better one.
    const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr1
      = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    const ObjCObjectPointerType* FromObjCPtr2
      = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    if (FromObjCPtr1 && FromObjCPtr2) {
      bool AssignLeft = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr1,
                                                          FromObjCPtr2);
      bool AssignRight = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr2,
                                                           FromObjCPtr1);
      if (AssignLeft != AssignRight) {
        return AssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
                         : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      }
    }
  }

  // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
  // bullet 3).
  if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
        = CompareQualificationConversions(S, SCS1, SCS2))
    return QualCK;

  if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
    // Check for a better reference binding based on the kind of bindings.
    if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS1, SCS2))
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    else if (isBetterReferenceBindingKind(SCS2, SCS1))
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;

    // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
    //   -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
    //      which the references refer are the same type except for
    //      top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
    //      initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
    //      to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
    QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
    QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
    T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
    T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
    Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
    QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
    QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);
    if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
      // Objective-C++ ARC: If the references refer to objects with different
      // lifetimes, prefer bindings that don't change lifetime.
      if (SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding !=
                                          SCS2.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding) {
        return SCS1.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding
                                           ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
                                           : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      }

      // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the
      // type for comparison.
      if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
        T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
      if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
        T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);
      if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }
  }

  // In Microsoft mode, prefer an integral conversion to a
  // floating-to-integral conversion if the integral conversion
  // is between types of the same size.
  // For example:
  // void f(float);
  // void f(int);
  // int main {
  //    long a;
  //    f(a);
  // }
  // Here, MSVC will call f(int) instead of generating a compile error
  // as clang will do in standard mode.
  if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && SCS1.Second == ICK_Integral_Conversion &&
      SCS2.Second == ICK_Floating_Integral &&
      S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getFromType()) ==
          S.Context.getTypeSize(SCS1.getToType(2)))
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

  return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}

/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareQualificationConversions(Sema &S,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
  // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
  //  -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
  //     yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
  //     cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
  //     the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
  //     deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
  if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
      SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
  // conversion (!)
  QualType T1 = SCS1.getToType(2);
  QualType T2 = SCS2.getToType(2);
  T1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
  T2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
  Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
  QualType UnqualT1 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
  QualType UnqualT2 = S.Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);

  // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
  // them.
  if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2)
    return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
  // for comparison.
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
    T1 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
    T2 = S.Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);

  ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
    = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

  // Objective-C++ ARC:
  //   Prefer qualification conversions not involving a change in lifetime
  //   to qualification conversions that do not change lifetime.
  if (SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime !=
                                      SCS2.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime) {
    Result = SCS1.QualificationIncludesObjCLifetime
               ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
               : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
  }

  while (S.Context.UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
    // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
    // determine if this still looks like a qualification
    // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
    // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
    // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
    // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
    // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
    // strict subset of qualifiers.
    if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
      // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
      // about how the sequences rank.
      ;
    else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
      // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
      if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
        // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
        // qualifiers.
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
      // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
      if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
        // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
        // qualifiers.
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;

      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    } else {
      // Qualifiers are disjoint.
      return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
    }

    // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
    if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, T2))
      break;
  }

  // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
  // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
  switch (Result) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
    if (SCS1.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
    break;

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
    break;

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
    if (SCS2.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr)
      Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
    break;
  }

  return Result;
}

/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3).  As part of these checks, we also look at
/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
static ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
                                const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
  QualType FromType1 = SCS1.getFromType();
  QualType ToType1 = SCS1.getToType(1);
  QualType FromType2 = SCS2.getFromType();
  QualType ToType2 = SCS2.getToType(1);

  // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
  // conversion, if we need to.
  if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
    FromType1 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
  if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
    FromType2 = S.Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);

  // Canonicalize all of the types.
  FromType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
  ToType1 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
  FromType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
  ToType2 = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);

  // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
  //
  //   If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
  //   class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
  //
  // Compare based on pointer conversions.
  if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
      SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
      /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
      FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
      ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
    QualType FromPointee1
      = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType ToPointee1
      = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType FromPointee2
      = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType ToPointee2
      = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();

    //   -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
    if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }

    //   -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
    if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }
  } else if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
             SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) {
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr1
      = FromType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtr2
      = FromType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr1
      = ToType1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtr2
      = ToType2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();

    if (FromPtr1 && FromPtr2 && ToPtr1 && ToPtr2) {
      // Apply the same conversion ranking rules for Objective-C pointer types
      // that we do for C++ pointers to class types. However, we employ the
      // Objective-C pseudo-subtyping relationship used for assignment of
      // Objective-C pointer types.
      bool FromAssignLeft
        = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr1, FromPtr2);
      bool FromAssignRight
        = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromPtr2, FromPtr1);
      bool ToAssignLeft
        = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr1, ToPtr2);
      bool ToAssignRight
        = S.Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToPtr2, ToPtr1);

      // A conversion to an a non-id object pointer type or qualified 'id'
      // type is better than a conversion to 'id'.
      if (ToPtr1->isObjCIdType() &&
          (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      if (ToPtr2->isObjCIdType() &&
          (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

      // A conversion to a non-id object pointer type is better than a
      // conversion to a qualified 'id' type
      if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

      // A conversion to an a non-Class object pointer type or qualified 'Class'
      // type is better than a conversion to 'Class'.
      if (ToPtr1->isObjCClassType() &&
          (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl()))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      if (ToPtr2->isObjCClassType() &&
          (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() || ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl()))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

      // A conversion to a non-Class object pointer type is better than a
      // conversion to a qualified 'Class' type.
      if (ToPtr1->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr2->getInterfaceDecl())
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      if (ToPtr2->isObjCQualifiedClassType() && ToPtr1->getInterfaceDecl())
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

      //   -- "conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,"
      if (S.Context.hasSameType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
          !FromPtr1->isObjCIdType() && !FromPtr1->isObjCClassType() &&
          (ToAssignLeft != ToAssignRight))
        return ToAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse
                           : ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

      //   -- "conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,"
      if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2) &&
          (FromAssignLeft != FromAssignRight))
        return FromAssignLeft? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
        : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }
  }

  // Ranking of member-pointer types.
  if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member && SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Member &&
      FromType1->isMemberPointerType() && FromType2->isMemberPointerType() &&
      ToType1->isMemberPointerType() && ToType2->isMemberPointerType()) {
    const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer1 =
                                        FromType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
    const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer1 =
                                          ToType1->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
    const MemberPointerType * FromMemPointer2 =
                                          FromType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
    const MemberPointerType * ToMemPointer2 =
                                          ToType2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
    const Type *FromPointeeType1 = FromMemPointer1->getClass();
    const Type *ToPointeeType1 = ToMemPointer1->getClass();
    const Type *FromPointeeType2 = FromMemPointer2->getClass();
    const Type *ToPointeeType2 = ToMemPointer2->getClass();
    QualType FromPointee1 = QualType(FromPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType ToPointee1 = QualType(ToPointeeType1, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType FromPointee2 = QualType(FromPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
    QualType ToPointee2 = QualType(ToPointeeType2, 0).getUnqualifiedType();
    // conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*,
    if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
    }
    // conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of A::* to C::*
    if (ToPointee1 == ToPointee2 && FromPointee1 != FromPointee2) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }
  }

  if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
    //   -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
    //   -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
    //      B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
    //      reference of type A&,
    if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
        !S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType1, ToType2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, ToType2, ToType1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }

    //   -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
    //   -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
    //      A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
    //      reference of type A&,
    if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType1, FromType2) &&
        S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ToType1, ToType2)) {
      if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType2, FromType1))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
      else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType1, FromType2))
        return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
    }
  }

  return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
}

/// \brief Determine whether the given type is valid, e.g., it is not an invalid
/// C++ class.
static bool isTypeValid(QualType T) {
  if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
    return !Record->isInvalidDecl();

  return true;
}

/// CompareReferenceRelationship - Compare the two types T1 and T2 to
/// determine whether they are reference-related,
/// reference-compatible, reference-compatible with added
/// qualification, or incompatible, for use in C++ initialization by
/// reference (C++ [dcl.ref.init]p4). Neither type can be a reference
/// type, and the first type (T1) is the pointee type of the reference
/// type being initialized.
Sema::ReferenceCompareResult
Sema::CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
                                   QualType OrigT1, QualType OrigT2,
                                   bool &DerivedToBase,
                                   bool &ObjCConversion,
                                   bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion) {
  assert(!OrigT1->isReferenceType() &&
    "T1 must be the pointee type of the reference type");
  assert(!OrigT2->isReferenceType() && "T2 cannot be a reference type");

  QualType T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT1);
  QualType T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(OrigT2);
  Qualifiers T1Quals, T2Quals;
  QualType UnqualT1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T1, T1Quals);
  QualType UnqualT2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T2, T2Quals);

  // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
  //   Given types "cv1 T1" and "cv2 T2," "cv1 T1" is
  //   reference-related to "cv2 T2" if T1 is the same type as T2, or
  //   T1 is a base class of T2.
  DerivedToBase = false;
  ObjCConversion = false;
  ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
  if (UnqualT1 == UnqualT2) {
    // Nothing to do.
  } else if (isCompleteType(Loc, OrigT2) &&
             isTypeValid(UnqualT1) && isTypeValid(UnqualT2) &&
             IsDerivedFrom(Loc, UnqualT2, UnqualT1))
    DerivedToBase = true;
  else if (UnqualT1->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() &&
           UnqualT2->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() &&
           Context.canBindObjCObjectType(UnqualT1, UnqualT2))
    ObjCConversion = true;
  else
    return Ref_Incompatible;

  // At this point, we know that T1 and T2 are reference-related (at
  // least).

  // If the type is an array type, promote the element qualifiers to the type
  // for comparison.
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T1) && T1Quals)
    T1 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT1, T1Quals);
  if (isa<ArrayType>(T2) && T2Quals)
    T2 = Context.getQualifiedType(UnqualT2, T2Quals);

  // C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4:
  //   "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2" if T1 is
  //   reference-related to T2 and cv1 is the same cv-qualification
  //   as, or greater cv-qualification than, cv2. For purposes of
  //   overload resolution, cases for which cv1 is greater
  //   cv-qualification than cv2 are identified as
  //   reference-compatible with added qualification (see 13.3.3.2).
  //
  // Note that we also require equivalence of Objective-C GC and address-space
  // qualifiers when performing these computations, so that e.g., an int in
  // address space 1 is not reference-compatible with an int in address
  // space 2.
  if (T1Quals.getObjCLifetime() != T2Quals.getObjCLifetime() &&
      T1Quals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(T2Quals)) {
    if (isNonTrivialObjCLifetimeConversion(T2Quals, T1Quals))
      ObjCLifetimeConversion = true;

    T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
    T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same.
  T1Quals.removeUnaligned();
  T2Quals.removeUnaligned();

  if (T1Quals == T2Quals)
    return Ref_Compatible;
  else if (T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals))
    return Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification;
  else
    return Ref_Related;
}

/// \brief Look for a user-defined conversion to an value reference-compatible
///        with DeclType. Return true if something definite is found.
static bool
FindConversionForRefInit(Sema &S, ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
                         QualType DeclType, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
                         Expr *Init, QualType T2, bool AllowRvalues,
                         bool AllowExplicit) {
  assert(T2->isRecordType() && "Can only find conversions of record types.");
  CXXRecordDecl *T2RecordDecl
    = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T2->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());

  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(DeclLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  const auto &Conversions = T2RecordDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
  for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    NamedDecl *D = *I;
    CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
    if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
      D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();

    FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate
      = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
    if (ConvTemplate)
      Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
    else
      Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);

    // If this is an explicit conversion, and we're not allowed to consider
    // explicit conversions, skip it.
    if (!AllowExplicit && Conv->isExplicit())
      continue;

    if (AllowRvalues) {
      bool DerivedToBase = false;
      bool ObjCConversion = false;
      bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;

      // If we are initializing an rvalue reference, don't permit conversion
      // functions that return lvalues.
      if (!ConvTemplate && DeclType->isRValueReferenceType()) {
        const ReferenceType *RefType
          = Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<LValueReferenceType>();
        if (RefType && !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType())
          continue;
      }

      if (!ConvTemplate &&
          S.CompareReferenceRelationship(
            DeclLoc,
            Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType()
              .getUnqualifiedType(),
            DeclType.getNonReferenceType().getUnqualifiedType(),
            DerivedToBase, ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion) ==
          Sema::Ref_Incompatible)
        continue;
    } else {
      // If the conversion function doesn't return a reference type,
      // it can't be considered for this conversion. An rvalue reference
      // is only acceptable if its referencee is a function type.

      const ReferenceType *RefType =
        Conv->getConversionType()->getAs<ReferenceType>();
      if (!RefType ||
          (!RefType->isLValueReferenceType() &&
           !RefType->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()))
        continue;
    }

    if (ConvTemplate)
      S.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, I.getPair(), ActingDC,
                                       Init, DeclType, CandidateSet,
                                       /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
    else
      S.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingDC, Init,
                               DeclType, CandidateSet,
                               /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
  }

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(S, DeclLoc, Best, true)) {
  case OR_Success:
    // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
    //
    //   [...] If the parameter binds directly to the result of
    //   applying a conversion function to the argument
    //   expression, the implicit conversion sequence is a
    //   user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2), with the
    //   second standard conversion sequence either an identity
    //   conversion or, if the conversion function returns an
    //   entity of a type that is a derived class of the parameter
    //   type, a derived-to-base Conversion.
    if (!Best->FinalConversion.DirectBinding)
      return false;

    ICS.setUserDefined();
    ICS.UserDefined.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
    ICS.UserDefined.After = Best->FinalConversion;
    ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = HadMultipleCandidates;
    ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Best->Function;
    ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = Best->FoundDecl;
    ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
    assert(ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding &&
           ICS.UserDefined.After.DirectBinding &&
           "Expected a direct reference binding!");
    return true;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    ICS.setAmbiguous();
    for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
         Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand)
      if (Cand->Viable)
        ICS.Ambiguous.addConversion(Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function);
    return true;

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
  case OR_Deleted:
    // There was no suitable conversion, or we found a deleted
    // conversion; continue with other checks.
    return false;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid OverloadResult!");
}

/// \brief Compute an implicit conversion sequence for reference
/// initialization.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryReferenceInit(Sema &S, Expr *Init, QualType DeclType,
                 SourceLocation DeclLoc,
                 bool SuppressUserConversions,
                 bool AllowExplicit) {
  assert(DeclType->isReferenceType() && "Reference init needs a reference");

  // Most paths end in a failed conversion.
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
  ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);

  QualType T1 = DeclType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
  QualType T2 = Init->getType();

  // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
  // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
  // type of the resulting function.
  if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
    DeclAccessPair Found;
    if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Init, DeclType,
                                                                false, Found))
      T2 = Fn->getType();
  }

  // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
  bool isRValRef = DeclType->isRValueReferenceType();
  bool DerivedToBase = false;
  bool ObjCConversion = false;
  bool ObjCLifetimeConversion = false;
  Expr::Classification InitCategory = Init->Classify(S.Context);
  Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
    = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(DeclLoc, T1, T2, DerivedToBase,
                                     ObjCConversion, ObjCLifetimeConversion);


  // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5:
  //   A reference to type "cv1 T1" is initialized by an expression
  //   of type "cv2 T2" as follows:

  //     -- If reference is an lvalue reference and the initializer expression
  if (!isRValRef) {
    //     -- is an lvalue (but is not a bit-field), and "cv1 T1" is
    //        reference-compatible with "cv2 T2," or
    //
    // Per C++ [over.ics.ref]p4, we don't check the bit-field property here.
    if (InitCategory.isLValue() &&
        RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification) {
      // C++ [over.ics.ref]p1:
      //   When a parameter of reference type binds directly (8.5.3)
      //   to an argument expression, the implicit conversion sequence
      //   is the identity conversion, unless the argument expression
      //   has a type that is a derived class of the parameter type,
      //   in which case the implicit conversion sequence is a
      //   derived-to-base Conversion (13.3.3.1).
      ICS.setStandard();
      ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
      ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base
                         : ObjCConversion? ICK_Compatible_Conversion
                         : ICK_Identity;
      ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
      ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
      ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
      ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
      ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
      ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
      ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
      ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
      ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
      ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = false;
      ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
      ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
      ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr;
      ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;

      // Nothing more to do: the inaccessibility/ambiguity check for
      // derived-to-base conversions is suppressed when we're
      // computing the implicit conversion sequence (C++
      // [over.best.ics]p2).
      return ICS;
    }

    //       -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is
    //          not reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly
    //          converted to an lvalue of type "cv3 T3," where "cv1 T1"
    //          is reference-compatible with "cv3 T3" 92) (this
    //          conversion is selected by enumerating the applicable
    //          conversion functions (13.3.1.6) and choosing the best
    //          one through overload resolution (13.3)),
    if (!SuppressUserConversions && T2->isRecordType() &&
        S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) &&
        RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible) {
      if (FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc,
                                   Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/false,
                                   AllowExplicit))
        return ICS;
    }
  }

  //     -- Otherwise, the reference shall be an lvalue reference to a
  //        non-volatile const type (i.e., cv1 shall be const), or the reference
  //        shall be an rvalue reference.
  if (!isRValRef && (!T1.isConstQualified() || T1.isVolatileQualified()))
    return ICS;

  //       -- If the initializer expression
  //
  //            -- is an xvalue, class prvalue, array prvalue or function
  //               lvalue and "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with "cv2 T2", or
  if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification &&
      (InitCategory.isXValue() ||
      (InitCategory.isPRValue() && (T2->isRecordType() || T2->isArrayType())) ||
      (InitCategory.isLValue() && T2->isFunctionType()))) {
    ICS.setStandard();
    ICS.Standard.First = ICK_Identity;
    ICS.Standard.Second = DerivedToBase? ICK_Derived_To_Base
                      : ObjCConversion? ICK_Compatible_Conversion
                      : ICK_Identity;
    ICS.Standard.Third = ICK_Identity;
    ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = T2.getAsOpaquePtr();
    ICS.Standard.setToType(0, T2);
    ICS.Standard.setToType(1, T1);
    ICS.Standard.setToType(2, T1);
    ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
    // In C++0x, this is always a direct binding. In C++98/03, it's a direct
    // binding unless we're binding to a class prvalue.
    // Note: Although xvalues wouldn't normally show up in C++98/03 code, we
    // allow the use of rvalue references in C++98/03 for the benefit of
    // standard library implementors; therefore, we need the xvalue check here.
    ICS.Standard.DirectBinding =
      S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ||
      !(InitCategory.isPRValue() || T2->isRecordType());
    ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
    ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = T2->isFunctionType();
    ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = InitCategory.isRValue();
    ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
    ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = ObjCLifetimeConversion;
    ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = nullptr;
    ICS.Standard.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr = false;
    return ICS;
  }

  //            -- has a class type (i.e., T2 is a class type), where T1 is not
  //               reference-related to T2, and can be implicitly converted to
  //               an xvalue, class prvalue, or function lvalue of type
  //               "cv3 T3", where "cv1 T1" is reference-compatible with
  //               "cv3 T3",
  //
  //          then the reference is bound to the value of the initializer
  //          expression in the first case and to the result of the conversion
  //          in the second case (or, in either case, to an appropriate base
  //          class subobject).
  if (!SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
      T2->isRecordType() && S.isCompleteType(DeclLoc, T2) &&
      FindConversionForRefInit(S, ICS, DeclType, DeclLoc,
                               Init, T2, /*AllowRvalues=*/true,
                               AllowExplicit)) {
    // In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference
    // and the second standard conversion sequence of the
    // user-defined conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue
    // conversion, the program is ill-formed.
    if (ICS.isUserDefined() && isRValRef &&
        ICS.UserDefined.After.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue)
      ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, Init, DeclType);

    return ICS;
  }

  // A temporary of function type cannot be created; don't even try.
  if (T1->isFunctionType())
    return ICS;

  //       -- Otherwise, a temporary of type "cv1 T1" is created and
  //          initialized from the initializer expression using the
  //          rules for a non-reference copy initialization (8.5). The
  //          reference is then bound to the temporary. If T1 is
  //          reference-related to T2, cv1 must be the same
  //          cv-qualification as, or greater cv-qualification than,
  //          cv2; otherwise, the program is ill-formed.
  if (RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Related) {
    // If cv1 == cv2 or cv1 is a greater cv-qualified than cv2, then
    // we would be reference-compatible or reference-compatible with
    // added qualification. But that wasn't the case, so the reference
    // initialization fails.
    //
    // Note that we only want to check address spaces and cvr-qualifiers here.
    // ObjC GC, lifetime and unaligned qualifiers aren't important.
    Qualifiers T1Quals = T1.getQualifiers();
    Qualifiers T2Quals = T2.getQualifiers();
    T1Quals.removeObjCGCAttr();
    T1Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
    T2Quals.removeObjCGCAttr();
    T2Quals.removeObjCLifetime();
    // MS compiler ignores __unaligned qualifier for references; do the same.
    T1Quals.removeUnaligned();
    T2Quals.removeUnaligned();
    if (!T1Quals.compatiblyIncludes(T2Quals))
      return ICS;
  }

  // If at least one of the types is a class type, the types are not
  // related, and we aren't allowed any user conversions, the
  // reference binding fails. This case is important for breaking
  // recursion, since TryImplicitConversion below will attempt to
  // create a temporary through the use of a copy constructor.
  if (SuppressUserConversions && RefRelationship == Sema::Ref_Incompatible &&
      (T1->isRecordType() || T2->isRecordType()))
    return ICS;

  // If T1 is reference-related to T2 and the reference is an rvalue
  // reference, the initializer expression shall not be an lvalue.
  if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related &&
      isRValRef && Init->Classify(S.Context).isLValue())
    return ICS;

  // C++ [over.ics.ref]p2:
  //   When a parameter of reference type is not bound directly to
  //   an argument expression, the conversion sequence is the one
  //   required to convert the argument expression to the
  //   underlying type of the reference according to
  //   13.3.3.1. Conceptually, this conversion sequence corresponds
  //   to copy-initializing a temporary of the underlying type with
  //   the argument expression. Any difference in top-level
  //   cv-qualification is subsumed by the initialization itself
  //   and does not constitute a conversion.
  ICS = TryImplicitConversion(S, Init, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
                              /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
                              /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                              /*CStyle=*/false,
                              /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false,
                              /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);

  // Of course, that's still a reference binding.
  if (ICS.isStandard()) {
    ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
    ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
    ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
    ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = true;
    ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
    ICS.Standard.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
  } else if (ICS.isUserDefined()) {
    const ReferenceType *LValRefType =
        ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction->getReturnType()
            ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>();

    // C++ [over.ics.ref]p3:
    //   Except for an implicit object parameter, for which see 13.3.1, a
    //   standard conversion sequence cannot be formed if it requires [...]
    //   binding an rvalue reference to an lvalue other than a function
    //   lvalue.
    // Note that the function case is not possible here.
    if (DeclType->isRValueReferenceType() && LValRefType) {
      // FIXME: This is the wrong BadConversionSequence. The problem is binding
      // an rvalue reference to a (non-function) lvalue, not binding an lvalue
      // reference to an rvalue!
      ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, Init, DeclType);
      return ICS;
    }

    ICS.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
    ICS.UserDefined.After.ReferenceBinding = true;
    ICS.UserDefined.After.IsLvalueReference = !isRValRef;
    ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
    ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsToRvalue = !LValRefType;
    ICS.UserDefined.After.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
    ICS.UserDefined.After.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
  }

  return ICS;
}

static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                      bool SuppressUserConversions,
                      bool InOverloadResolution,
                      bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                      bool AllowExplicit = false);

/// TryListConversion - Try to copy-initialize a value of type ToType from the
/// initializer list From.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryListConversion(Sema &S, InitListExpr *From, QualType ToType,
                  bool SuppressUserConversions,
                  bool InOverloadResolution,
                  bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion) {
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p1:
  //   When an argument is an initializer list, it is not an expression and
  //   special rules apply for converting it to a parameter type.

  ImplicitConversionSequence Result;
  Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::no_conversion, From, ToType);

  // We need a complete type for what follows. Incomplete types can never be
  // initialized from init lists.
  if (!S.isCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ToType))
    return Result;

  // Per DR1467:
  //   If the parameter type is a class X and the initializer list has a single
  //   element of type cv U, where U is X or a class derived from X, the
  //   implicit conversion sequence is the one required to convert the element
  //   to the parameter type.
  //
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter type is a character array [... ]
  //   and the initializer list has a single element that is an
  //   appropriately-typed string literal (8.5.2 [dcl.init.string]), the
  //   implicit conversion sequence is the identity conversion.
  if (From->getNumInits() == 1) {
    if (ToType->isRecordType()) {
      QualType InitType = From->getInit(0)->getType();
      if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(InitType, ToType) ||
          S.IsDerivedFrom(From->getLocStart(), InitType, ToType))
        return TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType,
                                     SuppressUserConversions,
                                     InOverloadResolution,
                                     AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
    }
    // FIXME: Check the other conditions here: array of character type,
    // initializer is a string literal.
    if (ToType->isArrayType()) {
      InitializedEntity Entity =
        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType,
                                               /*Consumed=*/false);
      if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) {
        Result.setStandard();
        Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
        Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType);
        Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
        return Result;
      }
    }
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p2: Otherwise, if the parameter type [...] (below).
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p2:
  //   If the parameter type is std::initializer_list<X> or "array of X" and
  //   all the elements can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit
  //   conversion sequence is the worst conversion necessary to convert an
  //   element of the list to X.
  //
  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p3:
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter type is "array of N X", if the initializer
  //   list has exactly N elements or if it has fewer than N elements and X is
  //   default-constructible, and if all the elements of the initializer list
  //   can be implicitly converted to X, the implicit conversion sequence is
  //   the worst conversion necessary to convert an element of the list to X.
  //
  // FIXME: We're missing a lot of these checks.
  bool toStdInitializerList = false;
  QualType X;
  if (ToType->isArrayType())
    X = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ToType)->getElementType();
  else
    toStdInitializerList = S.isStdInitializerList(ToType, &X);
  if (!X.isNull()) {
    for (unsigned i = 0, e = From->getNumInits(); i < e; ++i) {
      Expr *Init = From->getInit(i);
      ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
          TryCopyInitialization(S, Init, X, SuppressUserConversions,
                                InOverloadResolution,
                                AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
      // If a single element isn't convertible, fail.
      if (ICS.isBad()) {
        Result = ICS;
        break;
      }
      // Otherwise, look for the worst conversion.
      if (Result.isBad() ||
          CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, From->getLocStart(), ICS,
                                             Result) ==
              ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
        Result = ICS;
    }

    // For an empty list, we won't have computed any conversion sequence.
    // Introduce the identity conversion sequence.
    if (From->getNumInits() == 0) {
      Result.setStandard();
      Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
      Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType);
      Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
    }

    Result.setStdInitializerListElement(toStdInitializerList);
    return Result;
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p4:
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p3:
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter is a non-aggregate class X and overload
  //   resolution chooses a single best constructor [...] the implicit
  //   conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence. If multiple
  //   constructors are viable but none is better than the others, the
  //   implicit conversion sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence.
  if (ToType->isRecordType() && !ToType->isAggregateType()) {
    // This function can deal with initializer lists.
    return TryUserDefinedConversion(S, From, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
                                    /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
                                    InOverloadResolution, /*CStyle=*/false,
                                    AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                                    /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p5:
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p4:
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter has an aggregate type which can be
  //   initialized from the initializer list [...] the implicit conversion
  //   sequence is a user-defined conversion sequence.
  if (ToType->isAggregateType()) {
    // Type is an aggregate, argument is an init list. At this point it comes
    // down to checking whether the initialization works.
    // FIXME: Find out whether this parameter is consumed or not.
    InitializedEntity Entity =
        InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ToType,
                                               /*Consumed=*/false);
    if (S.CanPerformCopyInitialization(Entity, From)) {
      Result.setUserDefined();
      Result.UserDefined.Before.setAsIdentityConversion();
      // Initializer lists don't have a type.
      Result.UserDefined.Before.setFromType(QualType());
      Result.UserDefined.Before.setAllToTypes(QualType());

      Result.UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
      Result.UserDefined.After.setFromType(ToType);
      Result.UserDefined.After.setAllToTypes(ToType);
      Result.UserDefined.ConversionFunction = nullptr;
    }
    return Result;
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p6:
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p5:
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter is a reference, see 13.3.3.1.4.
  if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
    // The standard is notoriously unclear here, since 13.3.3.1.4 doesn't
    // mention initializer lists in any way. So we go by what list-
    // initialization would do and try to extrapolate from that.

    QualType T1 = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();

    // If the initializer list has a single element that is reference-related
    // to the parameter type, we initialize the reference from that.
    if (From->getNumInits() == 1) {
      Expr *Init = From->getInit(0);

      QualType T2 = Init->getType();

      // If the initializer is the address of an overloaded function, try
      // to resolve the overloaded function. If all goes well, T2 is the
      // type of the resulting function.
      if (S.Context.getCanonicalType(T2) == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
        DeclAccessPair Found;
        if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(
                                   Init, ToType, false, Found))
          T2 = Fn->getType();
      }

      // Compute some basic properties of the types and the initializer.
      bool dummy1 = false;
      bool dummy2 = false;
      bool dummy3 = false;
      Sema::ReferenceCompareResult RefRelationship
        = S.CompareReferenceRelationship(From->getLocStart(), T1, T2, dummy1,
                                         dummy2, dummy3);

      if (RefRelationship >= Sema::Ref_Related) {
        return TryReferenceInit(S, Init, ToType, /*FIXME*/From->getLocStart(),
                                SuppressUserConversions,
                                /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
      }
    }

    // Otherwise, we bind the reference to a temporary created from the
    // initializer list.
    Result = TryListConversion(S, From, T1, SuppressUserConversions,
                               InOverloadResolution,
                               AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
    if (Result.isFailure())
      return Result;
    assert(!Result.isEllipsis() &&
           "Sub-initialization cannot result in ellipsis conversion.");

    // Can we even bind to a temporary?
    if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() ||
        (T1.isConstQualified() && !T1.isVolatileQualified())) {
      StandardConversionSequence &SCS = Result.isStandard() ? Result.Standard :
                                            Result.UserDefined.After;
      SCS.ReferenceBinding = true;
      SCS.IsLvalueReference = ToType->isLValueReferenceType();
      SCS.BindsToRvalue = true;
      SCS.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
      SCS.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier = false;
      SCS.ObjCLifetimeConversionBinding = false;
    } else
      Result.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue,
                    From, ToType);
    return Result;
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p7:
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p6:
  //   Otherwise, if the parameter type is not a class:
  if (!ToType->isRecordType()) {
    //    - if the initializer list has one element that is not itself an
    //      initializer list, the implicit conversion sequence is the one
    //      required to convert the element to the parameter type.
    unsigned NumInits = From->getNumInits();
    if (NumInits == 1 && !isa<InitListExpr>(From->getInit(0)))
      Result = TryCopyInitialization(S, From->getInit(0), ToType,
                                     SuppressUserConversions,
                                     InOverloadResolution,
                                     AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
    //    - if the initializer list has no elements, the implicit conversion
    //      sequence is the identity conversion.
    else if (NumInits == 0) {
      Result.setStandard();
      Result.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
      Result.Standard.setFromType(ToType);
      Result.Standard.setAllToTypes(ToType);
    }
    return Result;
  }

  // C++14 [over.ics.list]p8:
  // C++11 [over.ics.list]p7:
  //   In all cases other than those enumerated above, no conversion is possible
  return Result;
}

/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryCopyInitialization(Sema &S, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                      bool SuppressUserConversions,
                      bool InOverloadResolution,
                      bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                      bool AllowExplicit) {
  if (InitListExpr *FromInitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(From))
    return TryListConversion(S, FromInitList, ToType, SuppressUserConversions,
                             InOverloadResolution,AllowObjCWritebackConversion);

  if (ToType->isReferenceType())
    return TryReferenceInit(S, From, ToType,
                            /*FIXME:*/From->getLocStart(),
                            SuppressUserConversions,
                            AllowExplicit);

  return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, ToType,
                               SuppressUserConversions,
                               /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
                               InOverloadResolution,
                               /*CStyle=*/false,
                               AllowObjCWritebackConversion,
                               /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
}

static bool TryCopyInitialization(const CanQualType FromQTy,
                                  const CanQualType ToQTy,
                                  Sema &S,
                                  SourceLocation Loc,
                                  ExprValueKind FromVK) {
  OpaqueValueExpr TmpExpr(Loc, FromQTy, FromVK);
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
    TryCopyInitialization(S, &TmpExpr, ToQTy, true, true, false);

  return !ICS.isBad();
}

/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
/// expression @p From.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType FromType,
                                Expr::Classification FromClassification,
                                CXXMethodDecl *Method,
                                CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext) {
  QualType ClassType = S.Context.getTypeDeclType(ActingContext);
  // [class.dtor]p2: A destructor can be invoked for a const, volatile or
  //                 const volatile object.
  unsigned Quals = isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(Method) ?
    Qualifiers::Const | Qualifiers::Volatile : Method->getTypeQualifiers();
  QualType ImplicitParamType =  S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(ClassType, Quals);

  // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
  // to exit early.
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;

  // We need to have an object of class type.
  if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    FromType = PT->getPointeeType();

    // When we had a pointer, it's implicitly dereferenced, so we
    // better have an lvalue.
    assert(FromClassification.isLValue());
  }

  assert(FromType->isRecordType());

  // C++0x [over.match.funcs]p4:
  //   For non-static member functions, the type of the implicit object
  //   parameter is
  //
  //     - "lvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared without a
  //        ref-qualifier or with the & ref-qualifier
  //     - "rvalue reference to cv X" for functions declared with the &&
  //        ref-qualifier
  //
  // where X is the class of which the function is a member and cv is the
  // cv-qualification on the member function declaration.
  //
  // However, when finding an implicit conversion sequence for the argument, we
  // are not allowed to create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
  // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
  // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
  // non-constant references.

  // First check the qualifiers.
  QualType FromTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
  if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers()
                                    != FromTypeCanon.getLocalCVRQualifiers() &&
      !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTypeCanon)) {
    ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers,
               FromType, ImplicitParamType);
    return ICS;
  }

  // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
  // affects the conversion rank.
  QualType ClassTypeCanon = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
  ImplicitConversionKind SecondKind;
  if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getLocalUnqualifiedType()) {
    SecondKind = ICK_Identity;
  } else if (S.IsDerivedFrom(Loc, FromType, ClassType))
    SecondKind = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
  else {
    ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::unrelated_class,
               FromType, ImplicitParamType);
    return ICS;
  }

  // Check the ref-qualifier.
  switch (Method->getRefQualifier()) {
  case RQ_None:
    // Do nothing; we don't care about lvalueness or rvalueness.
    break;

  case RQ_LValue:
    if (!FromClassification.isLValue() && Quals != Qualifiers::Const) {
      // non-const lvalue reference cannot bind to an rvalue
      ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::lvalue_ref_to_rvalue, FromType,
                 ImplicitParamType);
      return ICS;
    }
    break;

  case RQ_RValue:
    if (!FromClassification.isRValue()) {
      // rvalue reference cannot bind to an lvalue
      ICS.setBad(BadConversionSequence::rvalue_ref_to_lvalue, FromType,
                 ImplicitParamType);
      return ICS;
    }
    break;
  }

  // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
  ICS.setStandard();
  ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
  ICS.Standard.Second = SecondKind;
  ICS.Standard.setFromType(FromType);
  ICS.Standard.setAllToTypes(ImplicitParamType);
  ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
  ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
  ICS.Standard.IsLvalueReference = Method->getRefQualifier() != RQ_RValue;
  ICS.Standard.BindsToFunctionLvalue = false;
  ICS.Standard.BindsToRvalue = FromClassification.isRValue();
  ICS.Standard.BindsImplicitObjectArgumentWithoutRefQualifier
    = (Method->getRefQualifier() == RQ_None);
  return ICS;
}

/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
/// expression.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
                                          NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                                          NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                          CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
  QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
  QualType ImplicitParamRecordType  =
    Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();

  Expr::Classification FromClassification;
  if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
    DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
    FromClassification = Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue();
  } else {
    FromRecordType = From->getType();
    DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
    FromClassification = From->Classify(Context);
  }

  // Note that we always use the true parent context when performing
  // the actual argument initialization.
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(
      *this, From->getLocStart(), From->getType(), FromClassification, Method,
      Method->getParent());
  if (ICS.isBad()) {
    if (ICS.Bad.Kind == BadConversionSequence::bad_qualifiers) {
      Qualifiers FromQs = FromRecordType.getQualifiers();
      Qualifiers ToQs = DestType.getQualifiers();
      unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
      if (CVR) {
        Diag(From->getLocStart(),
             diag::err_member_function_call_bad_cvr)
          << Method->getDeclName() << FromRecordType << (CVR - 1)
          << From->getSourceRange();
        Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
          << Method->getDeclName();
        return ExprError();
      }
    }

    return Diag(From->getLocStart(),
                diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
       << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
  }

  if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
    ExprResult FromRes =
      PerformObjectMemberConversion(From, Qualifier, FoundDecl, Method);
    if (FromRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    From = FromRes.get();
  }

  if (!Context.hasSameType(From->getType(), DestType))
    From = ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_NoOp,
                             From->getValueKind()).get();
  return From;
}

/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Sema &S, Expr *From) {
  return TryImplicitConversion(S, From, S.Context.BoolTy,
                               /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                               /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
                               /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                               /*CStyle=*/false,
                               /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false,
                               /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
}

/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
    return ExprError();

  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, From);
  if (!ICS.isBad())
    return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, AA_Converting);

  if (!DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, Context.BoolTy))
    return Diag(From->getLocStart(),
                diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
                  << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
  return ExprError();
}

/// Check that the specified conversion is permitted in a converted constant
/// expression, according to C++11 [expr.const]p3. Return true if the conversion
/// is acceptable.
static bool CheckConvertedConstantConversions(Sema &S,
                                              StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
  // Since we know that the target type is an integral or unscoped enumeration
  // type, most conversion kinds are impossible. All possible First and Third
  // conversions are fine.
  switch (SCS.Second) {
  case ICK_Identity:
  case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
  case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
  case ICK_Integral_Conversion: // Narrowing conversions are checked elsewhere.
    return true;

  case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
    // Conversion from an integral or unscoped enumeration type to bool is
    // classified as ICK_Boolean_Conversion, but it's also arguably an integral
    // conversion, so we allow it in a converted constant expression.
    //
    // FIXME: Per core issue 1407, we should not allow this, but that breaks
    // a lot of popular code. We should at least add a warning for this
    // (non-conforming) extension.
    return SCS.getFromType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
           SCS.getToType(2)->isBooleanType();

  case ICK_Pointer_Conversion:
  case ICK_Pointer_Member:
    // C++1z: null pointer conversions and null member pointer conversions are
    // only permitted if the source type is std::nullptr_t.
    return SCS.getFromType()->isNullPtrType();

  case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
  case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
  case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
  case ICK_Complex_Conversion:
  case ICK_Floating_Integral:
  case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
  case ICK_Derived_To_Base:
  case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
  case ICK_Vector_Splat:
  case ICK_Complex_Real:
  case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion:
  case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion:
  case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
  case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
  case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
    return false;

  case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
  case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
  case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
    llvm_unreachable("found a first conversion kind in Second");

  case ICK_Qualification:
    llvm_unreachable("found a third conversion kind in Second");

  case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
    break;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown conversion kind");
}

/// CheckConvertedConstantExpression - Check that the expression From is a
/// converted constant expression of type T, perform the conversion and produce
/// the converted expression, per C++11 [expr.const]p3.
static ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Sema &S, Expr *From,
                                                   QualType T, APValue &Value,
                                                   Sema::CCEKind CCE,
                                                   bool RequireInt) {
  assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
         "converted constant expression outside C++11");

  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(S, From))
    return ExprError();

  // C++1z [expr.const]p3:
  //  A converted constant expression of type T is an expression,
  //  implicitly converted to type T, where the converted
  //  expression is a constant expression and the implicit conversion
  //  sequence contains only [... list of conversions ...].
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
    TryCopyInitialization(S, From, T,
                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                          /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                          /*AllowObjcWritebackConversion=*/false,
                          /*AllowExplicit=*/false);
  StandardConversionSequence *SCS = nullptr;
  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
    SCS = &ICS.Standard;
    break;
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion:
    // We are converting to a non-class type, so the Before sequence
    // must be trivial.
    SCS = &ICS.UserDefined.After;
    break;
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
    if (!S.DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(From, T))
      return S.Diag(From->getLocStart(),
                    diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression)
                << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T;
    return ExprError();

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
    llvm_unreachable("ellipsis conversion in converted constant expression");
  }

  // Check that we would only use permitted conversions.
  if (!CheckConvertedConstantConversions(S, *SCS)) {
    return S.Diag(From->getLocStart(),
                  diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_disallowed)
             << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T;
  }
  // [...] and where the reference binding (if any) binds directly.
  if (SCS->ReferenceBinding && !SCS->DirectBinding) {
    return S.Diag(From->getLocStart(),
                  diag::err_typecheck_converted_constant_expression_indirect)
             << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange() << T;
  }

  ExprResult Result =
      S.PerformImplicitConversion(From, T, ICS, Sema::AA_Converting);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return Result;

  // Check for a narrowing implicit conversion.
  APValue PreNarrowingValue;
  QualType PreNarrowingType;
  switch (SCS->getNarrowingKind(S.Context, Result.get(), PreNarrowingValue,
                                PreNarrowingType)) {
  case NK_Variable_Narrowing:
    // Implicit conversion to a narrower type, and the value is not a constant
    // expression. We'll diagnose this in a moment.
  case NK_Not_Narrowing:
    break;

  case NK_Constant_Narrowing:
    S.Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing)
      << CCE << /*Constant*/1
      << PreNarrowingValue.getAsString(S.Context, PreNarrowingType) << T;
    break;

  case NK_Type_Narrowing:
    S.Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::ext_cce_narrowing)
      << CCE << /*Constant*/0 << From->getType() << T;
    break;
  }

  // Check the expression is a constant expression.
  SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
  Expr::EvalResult Eval;
  Eval.Diag = &Notes;

  if ((T->isReferenceType()
           ? !Result.get()->EvaluateAsLValue(Eval, S.Context)
           : !Result.get()->EvaluateAsRValue(Eval, S.Context)) ||
      (RequireInt && !Eval.Val.isInt())) {
    // The expression can't be folded, so we can't keep it at this position in
    // the AST.
    Result = ExprError();
  } else {
    Value = Eval.Val;

    if (Notes.empty()) {
      // It's a constant expression.
      return Result;
    }
  }

  // It's not a constant expression. Produce an appropriate diagnostic.
  if (Notes.size() == 1 &&
      Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr)
    S.Diag(Notes[0].first, diag::err_expr_not_cce) << CCE;
  else {
    S.Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_expr_not_cce)
      << CCE << From->getSourceRange();
    for (unsigned I = 0; I < Notes.size(); ++I)
      S.Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
  }
  return ExprError();
}

ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
                                                  APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE) {
  return ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, Value, CCE, false);
}

ExprResult Sema::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
                                                  llvm::APSInt &Value,
                                                  CCEKind CCE) {
  assert(T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() && "unexpected converted const type");

  APValue V;
  auto R = ::CheckConvertedConstantExpression(*this, From, T, V, CCE, true);
  if (!R.isInvalid())
    Value = V.getInt();
  return R;
}


/// dropPointerConversions - If the given standard conversion sequence
/// involves any pointer conversions, remove them.  This may change
/// the result type of the conversion sequence.
static void dropPointerConversion(StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
  if (SCS.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion) {
    SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
    SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
    SCS.ToTypePtrs[2] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[1] = SCS.ToTypePtrs[0];
  }
}

/// TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Attempt to contextually
/// convert the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type.
static ImplicitConversionSequence
TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Sema &S, Expr *From) {
  // Do an implicit conversion to 'id'.
  QualType Ty = S.Context.getObjCIdType();
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
    = TryImplicitConversion(S, From, Ty,
                            // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
                            /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                            /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
                            /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                            /*CStyle=*/false,
                            /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false,
                            /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/true);

  // Strip off any final conversions to 'id'.
  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
    break;

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion:
    dropPointerConversion(ICS.UserDefined.After);
    break;

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
    dropPointerConversion(ICS.Standard);
    break;
  }

  return ICS;
}

/// PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer - Perform a contextual
/// conversion of the expression From to an Objective-C pointer type.
ExprResult Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From) {
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, From))
    return ExprError();

  QualType Ty = Context.getObjCIdType();
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
    TryContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(*this, From);
  if (!ICS.isBad())
    return PerformImplicitConversion(From, Ty, ICS, AA_Converting);
  return ExprError();
}

/// Determine whether the provided type is an integral type, or an enumeration
/// type of a permitted flavor.
bool Sema::ICEConvertDiagnoser::match(QualType T) {
  return AllowScopedEnumerations ? T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()
                                 : T->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType();
}

static ExprResult
diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From,
                            Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter,
                            QualType T, UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions) {

  if (Converter.Suppress)
    return ExprError();

  Converter.diagnoseAmbiguous(SemaRef, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange();
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv =
        cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ViableConversions[I]->getUnderlyingDecl());
    QualType ConvTy = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
    Converter.noteAmbiguous(SemaRef, Conv, ConvTy);
  }
  return From;
}

static bool
diagnoseNoViableConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From,
                           Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter,
                           QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                           UnresolvedSetImpl &ExplicitConversions) {
  if (ExplicitConversions.size() == 1 && !Converter.Suppress) {
    DeclAccessPair Found = ExplicitConversions[0];
    CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
        cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl());

    // The user probably meant to invoke the given explicit
    // conversion; use it.
    QualType ConvTy = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
    std::string TypeStr;
    ConvTy.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, SemaRef.getPrintingPolicy());

    Converter.diagnoseExplicitConv(SemaRef, Loc, T, ConvTy)
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(From->getLocStart(),
                                      "static_cast<" + TypeStr + ">(")
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
               SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(From->getLocEnd()), ")");
    Converter.noteExplicitConv(SemaRef, Conversion, ConvTy);

    // If we aren't in a SFINAE context, build a call to the
    // explicit conversion function.
    if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
      return true;

    SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found);
    ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion,
                                                       HadMultipleCandidates);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return true;
    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
    From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
                                    CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
                                    nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
  }
  return false;
}

static bool recordConversion(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&From,
                             Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter,
                             QualType T, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
                             DeclAccessPair &Found) {
  CXXConversionDecl *Conversion =
      cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl());
  SemaRef.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(From->getExprLoc(), From, nullptr, Found);

  QualType ToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
  if (!Converter.SuppressConversion) {
    if (SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
      return true;

    Converter.diagnoseConversion(SemaRef, Loc, T, ToType)
        << From->getSourceRange();
  }

  ExprResult Result = SemaRef.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, Found, Conversion,
                                                     HadMultipleCandidates);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return true;
  // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
  From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(SemaRef.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
                                  CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
                                  nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
  return false;
}

static ExprResult finishContextualImplicitConversion(
    Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From,
    Sema::ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) {
  if (!Converter.match(From->getType()) && !Converter.Suppress)
    Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(SemaRef, Loc, From->getType())
        << From->getSourceRange();

  return SemaRef.DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
}

static void
collectViableConversionCandidates(Sema &SemaRef, Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                  UnresolvedSetImpl &ViableConversions,
                                  OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
  for (unsigned I = 0, N = ViableConversions.size(); I != N; ++I) {
    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = ViableConversions[I];
    NamedDecl *D = FoundDecl.getDecl();
    CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
    if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
      D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();

    CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
    FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
    if ((ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)))
      Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
    else
      Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);

    if (ConvTemplate)
      SemaRef.AddTemplateConversionCandidate(
        ConvTemplate, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From, ToType, CandidateSet,
        /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
    else
      SemaRef.AddConversionCandidate(Conv, FoundDecl, ActingContext, From,
                                     ToType, CandidateSet,
                                     /*AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit=*/false);
  }
}

/// \brief Attempt to convert the given expression to a type which is accepted
/// by the given converter.
///
/// This routine will attempt to convert an expression of class type to a
/// type accepted by the specified converter. In C++11 and before, the class
/// must have a single non-explicit conversion function converting to a matching
/// type. In C++1y, there can be multiple such conversion functions, but only
/// one target type.
///
/// \param Loc The source location of the construct that requires the
/// conversion.
///
/// \param From The expression we're converting from.
///
/// \param Converter Used to control and diagnose the conversion process.
///
/// \returns The expression, converted to an integral or enumeration type if
/// successful.
ExprResult Sema::PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
    SourceLocation Loc, Expr *From, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter) {
  // We can't perform any more checking for type-dependent expressions.
  if (From->isTypeDependent())
    return From;

  // Process placeholders immediately.
  if (From->hasPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(From);
    if (result.isInvalid())
      return result;
    From = result.get();
  }

  // If the expression already has a matching type, we're golden.
  QualType T = From->getType();
  if (Converter.match(T))
    return DefaultLvalueConversion(From);

  // FIXME: Check for missing '()' if T is a function type?

  // We can only perform contextual implicit conversions on objects of class
  // type.
  const RecordType *RecordTy = T->getAs<RecordType>();
  if (!RecordTy || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
    if (!Converter.Suppress)
      Converter.diagnoseNoMatch(*this, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange();
    return From;
  }

  // We must have a complete class type.
  struct TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag : TypeDiagnoser {
    ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter;
    Expr *From;

    TypeDiagnoserPartialDiag(ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter, Expr *From)
        : Converter(Converter), From(From) {}

    void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
      Converter.diagnoseIncomplete(S, Loc, T) << From->getSourceRange();
    }
  } IncompleteDiagnoser(Converter, From);

  if (Converter.Suppress ? !isCompleteType(Loc, T)
                         : RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, IncompleteDiagnoser))
    return From;

  // Look for a conversion to an integral or enumeration type.
  UnresolvedSet<4>
      ViableConversions; // These are *potentially* viable in C++1y.
  UnresolvedSet<4> ExplicitConversions;
  const auto &Conversions =
      cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordTy->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();

  bool HadMultipleCandidates =
      (std::distance(Conversions.begin(), Conversions.end()) > 1);

  // To check that there is only one target type, in C++1y:
  QualType ToType;
  bool HasUniqueTargetType = true;

  // Collect explicit or viable (potentially in C++1y) conversions.
  for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    NamedDecl *D = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
    CXXConversionDecl *Conversion;
    FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
    if (ConvTemplate) {
      if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14)
        Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
      else
        continue; // C++11 does not consider conversion operator templates(?).
    } else
      Conversion = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);

    assert((!ConvTemplate || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) &&
           "Conversion operator templates are considered potentially "
           "viable in C++1y");

    QualType CurToType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
    if (Converter.match(CurToType) || ConvTemplate) {

      if (Conversion->isExplicit()) {
        // FIXME: For C++1y, do we need this restriction?
        // cf. diagnoseNoViableConversion()
        if (!ConvTemplate)
          ExplicitConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess());
      } else {
        if (!ConvTemplate && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
          if (ToType.isNull())
            ToType = CurToType.getUnqualifiedType();
          else if (HasUniqueTargetType &&
                   (CurToType.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType))
            HasUniqueTargetType = false;
        }
        ViableConversions.addDecl(I.getDecl(), I.getAccess());
      }
    }
  }

  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
    // C++1y [conv]p6:
    // ... An expression e of class type E appearing in such a context
    // is said to be contextually implicitly converted to a specified
    // type T and is well-formed if and only if e can be implicitly
    // converted to a type T that is determined as follows: E is searched
    // for conversion functions whose return type is cv T or reference to
    // cv T such that T is allowed by the context. There shall be
    // exactly one such T.

    // If no unique T is found:
    if (ToType.isNull()) {
      if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                     HadMultipleCandidates,
                                     ExplicitConversions))
        return ExprError();
      return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter);
    }

    // If more than one unique Ts are found:
    if (!HasUniqueTargetType)
      return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                         ViableConversions);

    // If one unique T is found:
    // First, build a candidate set from the previously recorded
    // potentially viable conversions.
    OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
    collectViableConversionCandidates(*this, From, ToType, ViableConversions,
                                      CandidateSet);

    // Then, perform overload resolution over the candidate set.
    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
    switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Loc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // Apply this conversion.
      DeclAccessPair Found =
          DeclAccessPair::make(Best->Function, Best->FoundDecl.getAccess());
      if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                           HadMultipleCandidates, Found))
        return ExprError();
      break;
    }
    case OR_Ambiguous:
      return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                         ViableConversions);
    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
      if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                     HadMultipleCandidates,
                                     ExplicitConversions))
        return ExprError();
    // fall through 'OR_Deleted' case.
    case OR_Deleted:
      // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type.
      break;
    }
  } else {
    switch (ViableConversions.size()) {
    case 0: {
      if (diagnoseNoViableConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                     HadMultipleCandidates,
                                     ExplicitConversions))
        return ExprError();

      // We'll complain below about a non-integral condition type.
      break;
    }
    case 1: {
      // Apply this conversion.
      DeclAccessPair Found = ViableConversions[0];
      if (recordConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                           HadMultipleCandidates, Found))
        return ExprError();
      break;
    }
    default:
      return diagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter, T,
                                         ViableConversions);
    }
  }

  return finishContextualImplicitConversion(*this, Loc, From, Converter);
}

/// IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate - Determine whether Fn is
/// an acceptable non-member overloaded operator for a call whose
/// arguments have types T1 (and, if non-empty, T2). This routine
/// implements the check in C++ [over.match.oper]p3b2 concerning
/// enumeration types.
static bool IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(ASTContext &Context,
                                                   FunctionDecl *Fn,
                                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
  QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
  QualType T2 = Args.size() > 1 ? Args[1]->getType() : QualType();

  if (T1->isDependentType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isDependentType()))
    return true;

  if (T1->isRecordType() || (!T2.isNull() && T2->isRecordType()))
    return true;

  const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  if (Proto->getNumParams() < 1)
    return false;

  if (T1->isEnumeralType()) {
    QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(0).getNonReferenceType();
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T1, ArgType))
      return true;
  }

  if (Proto->getNumParams() < 2)
    return false;

  if (!T2.isNull() && T2->isEnumeralType()) {
    QualType ArgType = Proto->getParamType(1).getNonReferenceType();
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T2, ArgType))
      return true;
  }

  return false;
}

/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments.  If
/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
///
/// \param PartialOverloading true if we are performing "partial" overloading
/// based on an incomplete set of function arguments. This feature is used by
/// code completion.
void
Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                           OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                           bool SuppressUserConversions,
                           bool PartialOverloading,
                           bool AllowExplicit) {
  const FunctionProtoType *Proto
    = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
  assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
  assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
         "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
    if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
      // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
      // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
      // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
      // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
      // function, e.g., X::f(). We use an empty type for the implied
      // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3), and the acting context
      // is irrelevant.
      AddMethodCandidate(Method, FoundDecl, Method->getParent(),
                         QualType(), Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue(),
                         Args, CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions,
                         PartialOverloading);
      return;
    }
    // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
    // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
  }

  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Function))
    return;

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
  //   if no operand has a class type, only those non-member functions in the
  //   lookup set that have a first parameter of type T1 or "reference to
  //   (possibly cv-qualified) T1", when T1 is an enumeration type, or (if there
  //   is a right operand) a second parameter of type T2 or "reference to
  //   (possibly cv-qualified) T2", when T2 is an enumeration type, are
  //   candidate functions.
  if (CandidateSet.getKind() == OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator &&
      !IsAcceptableNonMemberOperatorCandidate(Context, Function, Args))
    return;

  // C++11 [class.copy]p11: [DR1402]
  //   A defaulted move constructor that is defined as deleted is ignored by
  //   overload resolution.
  CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function);
  if (Constructor && Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDeleted() &&
      Constructor->isMoveConstructor())
    return;

  // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);

  // Add this candidate
  OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size());
  Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
  Candidate.Function = Function;
  Candidate.Viable = true;
  Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
  Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
  Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();

  if (Constructor) {
    // C++ [class.copy]p3:
    //   A member function template is never instantiated to perform the copy
    //   of a class object to an object of its class type.
    QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Constructor->getParent());
    if (Args.size() == 1 && Constructor->isSpecializationCopyingObject() &&
        (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ClassType, Args[0]->getType()) ||
         IsDerivedFrom(Args[0]->getLocStart(), Args[0]->getType(),
                       ClassType))) {
      Candidate.Viable = false;
      Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_illegal_constructor;
      return;
    }
  }

  unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();

  // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
  // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
  // list (8.3.5).
  if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) &&
      !Proto->isVariadic()) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
    return;
  }

  // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
  // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
  // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
  // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
  // exactly m parameters.
  unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
  if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
    // Not enough arguments.
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
    return;
  }

  // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets.
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
    if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
      // Skip the check for callers that are implicit members, because in this
      // case we may not yet know what the member's target is; the target is
      // inferred for the member automatically, based on the bases and fields of
      // the class.
      if (!Caller->isImplicit() && CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Function)) {
        Candidate.Viable = false;
        Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target;
        return;
      }

  // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
  // arguments.
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
    if (ArgIdx < NumParams) {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
      // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
      // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
      // parameter of F.
      QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx);
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
        = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
                                SuppressUserConversions,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                  getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount,
                                AllowExplicit);
      if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
        Candidate.Viable = false;
        Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
        return;
      }
    } else {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
      // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
      // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].setEllipsis();
    }
  }

  if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = CheckEnableIf(Function, Args)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if;
    Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr;
    return;
  }
}

ObjCMethodDecl *
Sema::SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args, bool IsInstance,
                       SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl *> &Methods) {
  if (Methods.size() <= 1)
    return nullptr;

  for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) {
    bool Match = true;
    ObjCMethodDecl *Method = Methods[b];
    unsigned NumNamedArgs = Sel.getNumArgs();
    // Method might have more arguments than selector indicates. This is due
    // to addition of c-style arguments in method.
    if (Method->param_size() > NumNamedArgs)
      NumNamedArgs = Method->param_size();
    if (Args.size() < NumNamedArgs)
      continue;

    for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumNamedArgs; i++) {
      // We can't do any type-checking on a type-dependent argument.
      if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) {
        Match = false;
        break;
      }

      ParmVarDecl *param = Method->parameters()[i];
      Expr *argExpr = Args[i];
      assert(argExpr && "SelectBestMethod(): missing expression");

      // Strip the unbridged-cast placeholder expression off unless it's
      // a consumed argument.
      if (argExpr->hasPlaceholderType(BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast) &&
          !param->hasAttr<CFConsumedAttr>())
        argExpr = stripARCUnbridgedCast(argExpr);

      // If the parameter is __unknown_anytype, move on to the next method.
      if (param->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
        Match = false;
        break;
      }

      ImplicitConversionSequence ConversionState
        = TryCopyInitialization(*this, argExpr, param->getType(),
                                /*SuppressUserConversions*/false,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount,
                                /*AllowExplicit*/false);
        if (ConversionState.isBad()) {
          Match = false;
          break;
        }
    }
    // Promote additional arguments to variadic methods.
    if (Match && Method->isVariadic()) {
      for (unsigned i = NumNamedArgs, e = Args.size(); i < e; ++i) {
        if (Args[i]->isTypeDependent()) {
          Match = false;
          break;
        }
        ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod,
                                                          nullptr);
        if (Arg.isInvalid()) {
          Match = false;
          break;
        }
      }
    } else {
      // Check for extra arguments to non-variadic methods.
      if (Args.size() != NumNamedArgs)
        Match = false;
      else if (Match && NumNamedArgs == 0 && Methods.size() > 1) {
        // Special case when selectors have no argument. In this case, select
        // one with the most general result type of 'id'.
        for (unsigned b = 0, e = Methods.size(); b < e; b++) {
          QualType ReturnT = Methods[b]->getReturnType();
          if (ReturnT->isObjCIdType())
            return Methods[b];
        }
      }
    }

    if (Match)
      return Method;
  }
  return nullptr;
}

// specific_attr_iterator iterates over enable_if attributes in reverse, and
// enable_if is order-sensitive. As a result, we need to reverse things
// sometimes. Size of 4 elements is arbitrary.
static SmallVector<EnableIfAttr *, 4>
getOrderedEnableIfAttrs(const FunctionDecl *Function) {
  SmallVector<EnableIfAttr *, 4> Result;
  if (!Function->hasAttrs())
    return Result;

  const auto &FuncAttrs = Function->getAttrs();
  for (Attr *Attr : FuncAttrs)
    if (auto *EnableIf = dyn_cast<EnableIfAttr>(Attr))
      Result.push_back(EnableIf);

  std::reverse(Result.begin(), Result.end());
  return Result;
}

EnableIfAttr *Sema::CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                  bool MissingImplicitThis) {
  auto EnableIfAttrs = getOrderedEnableIfAttrs(Function);
  if (EnableIfAttrs.empty())
    return nullptr;

  SFINAETrap Trap(*this);
  SmallVector<Expr *, 16> ConvertedArgs;
  bool InitializationFailed = false;

  // Convert the arguments.
  for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) {
    ExprResult R;
    if (I == 0 && !MissingImplicitThis && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Function) &&
        !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)->isStatic() &&
        !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Function)) {
      CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function);
      R = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                              Method, Method);
    } else {
      R = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
                                        Context, Function->getParamDecl(I)),
                                    SourceLocation(), Args[I]);
    }

    if (R.isInvalid()) {
      InitializationFailed = true;
      break;
    }

    ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get());
  }

  if (InitializationFailed || Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
    return EnableIfAttrs[0];

  // Push default arguments if needed.
  if (!Function->isVariadic() && Args.size() < Function->getNumParams()) {
    for (unsigned i = Args.size(), e = Function->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
      ParmVarDecl *P = Function->getParamDecl(i);
      ExprResult R = PerformCopyInitialization(
          InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                 Function->getParamDecl(i)),
          SourceLocation(),
          P->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg() ? P->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg()
                                           : P->getDefaultArg());
      if (R.isInvalid()) {
        InitializationFailed = true;
        break;
      }
      ConvertedArgs.push_back(R.get());
    }

    if (InitializationFailed || Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
      return EnableIfAttrs[0];
  }

  for (auto *EIA : EnableIfAttrs) {
    APValue Result;
    // FIXME: This doesn't consider value-dependent cases, because doing so is
    // very difficult. Ideally, we should handle them more gracefully.
    if (!EIA->getCond()->EvaluateWithSubstitution(
            Result, Context, Function, llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvertedArgs)))
      return EIA;

    if (!Result.isInt() || !Result.getInt().getBoolValue())
      return EIA;
  }
  return nullptr;
}

/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
/// the overload candidate set.
void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                 bool SuppressUserConversions,
                                 bool PartialOverloading) {
  for (UnresolvedSetIterator F = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); F != E; ++F) {
    NamedDecl *D = F.getDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
    if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
      if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD) && !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->isStatic())
        AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), F.getPair(),
                           cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)->getParent(),
                           Args[0]->getType(), Args[0]->Classify(Context),
                           Args.slice(1), CandidateSet,
                           SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading);
      else
        AddOverloadCandidate(FD, F.getPair(), Args, CandidateSet,
                             SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading);
    } else {
      FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D);
      if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
          !cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl())->isStatic())
        AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
                              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunTmpl->getDeclContext()),
                                   ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                   Args[0]->getType(),
                                   Args[0]->Classify(Context), Args.slice(1),
                                   CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions,
                                   PartialOverloading);
      else
        AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, F.getPair(),
                                     ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                                     CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions,
                                     PartialOverloading);
    }
  }
}

/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds a named decl (which is some kind of
/// method) as a method candidate to the given overload set.
void Sema::AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                              QualType ObjectType,
                              Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                              bool SuppressUserConversions) {
  NamedDecl *Decl = FoundDecl.getDecl();
  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Decl->getDeclContext());

  if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl))
    Decl = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Decl)->getTargetDecl();

  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Decl)) {
    assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
           "Expected a member function template");
    AddMethodTemplateCandidate(TD, FoundDecl, ActingContext,
                               /*ExplicitArgs*/ nullptr,
                               ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
                               Args, CandidateSet,
                               SuppressUserConversions);
  } else {
    AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Decl), FoundDecl, ActingContext,
                       ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
                       Args,
                       CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions);
  }
}

/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
/// operators.
void
Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                         CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
                         Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
                         ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                         OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                         bool SuppressUserConversions,
                         bool PartialOverloading) {
  const FunctionProtoType *Proto
    = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>());
  assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
  assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
         "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");

  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Method))
    return;

  // C++11 [class.copy]p23: [DR1402]
  //   A defaulted move assignment operator that is defined as deleted is
  //   ignored by overload resolution.
  if (Method->isDefaulted() && Method->isDeleted() &&
      Method->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
    return;

  // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);

  // Add this candidate
  OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1);
  Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
  Candidate.Function = Method;
  Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
  Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
  Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();

  unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();

  // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
  // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
  // list (8.3.5).
  if (TooManyArguments(NumParams, Args.size(), PartialOverloading) &&
      !Proto->isVariadic()) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
    return;
  }

  // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
  // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
  // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
  // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
  // exactly m parameters.
  unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
  if (Args.size() < MinRequiredArgs && !PartialOverloading) {
    // Not enough arguments.
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
    return;
  }

  Candidate.Viable = true;

  if (Method->isStatic() || ObjectType.isNull())
    // The implicit object argument is ignored.
    Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
  else {
    // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
    // parameter.
    Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(
        *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), ObjectType, ObjectClassification,
        Method, ActingContext);
    if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
      Candidate.Viable = false;
      Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
      return;
    }
  }

  // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets.
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
    if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext))
      if (CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Method)) {
        Candidate.Viable = false;
        Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_target;
        return;
      }

  // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
  // arguments.
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
    if (ArgIdx < NumParams) {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
      // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
      // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
      // parameter of F.
      QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx);
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
        = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
                                SuppressUserConversions,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                  getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
      if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
        Candidate.Viable = false;
        Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
        return;
      }
    } else {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
      // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
      // considered to "match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
    }
  }

  if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = CheckEnableIf(Method, Args, true)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if;
    Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr;
    return;
  }
}

/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
/// function template specialization.
void
Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
                                 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                 QualType ObjectType,
                                 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                                 bool SuppressUserConversions,
                                 bool PartialOverloading) {
  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(MethodTmpl))
    return;

  // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
  //   In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
  //   function template specializations are generated using template argument
  //   deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
  //   candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
  //   or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
  //   functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
  //   function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
  //   functions.
  TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation());
  FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
  if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
      = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                                Specialization, Info, PartialOverloading)) {
    OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate();
    Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
    Candidate.Function = MethodTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
    Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
    Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
    Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();
    Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
                                                          Info);
    return;
  }

  // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
  // deduction as a candidate.
  assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
  assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
         "Specialization is not a member function?");
  AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), FoundDecl,
                     ActingContext, ObjectType, ObjectClassification, Args,
                     CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading);
}

/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
/// an appropriate function template specialization.
void
Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                                   DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                                   bool SuppressUserConversions,
                                   bool PartialOverloading) {
  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
    return;

  // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
  //   In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
  //   function template specializations are generated using template argument
  //   deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
  //   candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
  //   or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
  //   functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
  //   function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
  //   functions.
  TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation());
  FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
  if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
        = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                                  Specialization, Info, PartialOverloading)) {
    OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate();
    Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
    Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
    Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
    Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
    Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();
    Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
                                                          Info);
    return;
  }

  // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
  // deduction as a candidate.
  assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
  AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet,
                       SuppressUserConversions, PartialOverloading);
}

/// Determine whether this is an allowable conversion from the result
/// of an explicit conversion operator to the expected type, per C++
/// [over.match.conv]p1 and [over.match.ref]p1.
///
/// \param ConvType The return type of the conversion function.
///
/// \param ToType The type we are converting to.
///
/// \param AllowObjCPointerConversion Allow a conversion from one
/// Objective-C pointer to another.
///
/// \returns true if the conversion is allowable, false otherwise.
static bool isAllowableExplicitConversion(Sema &S,
                                          QualType ConvType, QualType ToType,
                                          bool AllowObjCPointerConversion) {
  QualType ToNonRefType = ToType.getNonReferenceType();

  // Easy case: the types are the same.
  if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ConvType, ToNonRefType))
    return true;

  // Allow qualification conversions.
  bool ObjCLifetimeConversion;
  if (S.IsQualificationConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, /*CStyle*/false,
                                  ObjCLifetimeConversion))
    return true;

  // If we're not allowed to consider Objective-C pointer conversions,
  // we're done.
  if (!AllowObjCPointerConversion)
    return false;

  // Is this an Objective-C pointer conversion?
  bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
  QualType ConvertedType;
  return S.isObjCPointerConversion(ConvType, ToNonRefType, ConvertedType,
                                   IncompatibleObjC);
}

/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
/// conversion function produces).
void
Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
                             Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                             bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) {
  assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
         "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
  QualType ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
    return;

  // If the conversion function has an undeduced return type, trigger its
  // deduction now.
  if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && ConvType->isUndeducedType()) {
    if (DeduceReturnType(Conversion, From->getExprLoc()))
      return;
    ConvType = Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
  }

  // Per C++ [over.match.conv]p1, [over.match.ref]p1, an explicit conversion
  // operator is only a candidate if its return type is the target type or
  // can be converted to the target type with a qualification conversion.
  if (Conversion->isExplicit() &&
      !isAllowableExplicitConversion(*this, ConvType, ToType,
                                     AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit))
    return;

  // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);

  // Add this candidate
  OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(1);
  Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
  Candidate.Function = Conversion;
  Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
  Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
  Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
  Candidate.FinalConversion.setFromType(ConvType);
  Candidate.FinalConversion.setAllToTypes(ToType);
  Candidate.Viable = true;
  Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1;

  // C++ [over.match.funcs]p4:
  //   For conversion functions, the function is considered to be a member of
  //   the class of the implicit implied object argument for the purpose of
  //   defining the type of the implicit object parameter.
  //
  // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
  // object parameter.
  QualType ImplicitParamType = From->getType();
  if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = ImplicitParamType->getAs<PointerType>())
    ImplicitParamType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType();
  CXXRecordDecl *ConversionContext
    = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ImplicitParamType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());

  Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(
      *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), From->getType(),
      From->Classify(Context), Conversion, ConversionContext);

  if (Candidate.Conversions[0].isBad()) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
    return;
  }

  // We won't go through a user-defined type conversion function to convert a
  // derived to base as such conversions are given Conversion Rank. They only
  // go through a copy constructor. 13.3.3.1.2-p4 [over.ics.user]
  QualType FromCanon
    = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
  QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
  if (FromCanon == ToCanon ||
      IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_trivial_conversion;
    return;
  }

  // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
  // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
  // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
  // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
  // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
  // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
  // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
  // well-formed.
  DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, false, Conversion->getType(),
                            VK_LValue, From->getLocStart());
  ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack,
                                Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
                                CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
                                &ConversionRef, VK_RValue);

  QualType ConversionType = Conversion->getConversionType();
  if (!isCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), ConversionType)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
    return;
  }

  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ConversionType);

  // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
  // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
  // allocator).
  QualType CallResultType = ConversionType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
  CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, None, CallResultType, VK,
                From->getLocStart());
  ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
    TryCopyInitialization(*this, &Call, ToType,
                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
                          /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                          /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/false);

  switch (ICS.getKind()) {
  case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
    Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;

    // C++ [over.ics.user]p3:
    //   If the user-defined conversion is specified by a specialization of a
    //   conversion function template, the second standard conversion sequence
    //   shall have exact match rank.
    if (Conversion->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
        GetConversionRank(ICS.Standard.Second) != ICR_Exact_Match) {
      Candidate.Viable = false;
      Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact;
      return;
    }

    // C++0x [dcl.init.ref]p5:
    //    In the second case, if the reference is an rvalue reference and
    //    the second standard conversion sequence of the user-defined
    //    conversion sequence includes an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, the
    //    program is ill-formed.
    if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType() &&
        ICS.Standard.First == ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue) {
      Candidate.Viable = false;
      Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
      return;
    }
    break;

  case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion;
    return;

  default:
    llvm_unreachable(
           "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
  }

  if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = CheckEnableIf(Conversion, None)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if;
    Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr;
    return;
  }
}

/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
void
Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                     CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC,
                                     Expr *From, QualType ToType,
                                     OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                     bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit) {
  assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
         "Only conversion function templates permitted here");

  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(FunctionTemplate))
    return;

  TemplateDeductionInfo Info(CandidateSet.getLocation());
  CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
  if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
        = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
                                  Specialization, Info)) {
    OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate();
    Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
    Candidate.Function = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_deduction;
    Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
    Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
    Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = 1;
    Candidate.DeductionFailure = MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result,
                                                          Info);
    return;
  }

  // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
  // template argument deduction as a candidate.
  assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
  AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, FoundDecl, ActingDC, From, ToType,
                         CandidateSet, AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
}

/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
                                 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                                 Expr *Object,
                                 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
  if (!CandidateSet.isNewCandidate(Conversion))
    return;

  // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);

  OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size() + 1);
  Candidate.FoundDecl = FoundDecl;
  Candidate.Function = nullptr;
  Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
  Candidate.Viable = true;
  Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
  Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
  Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();

  // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
  // object parameter.
  ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(
      *this, CandidateSet.getLocation(), Object->getType(),
      Object->Classify(Context), Conversion, ActingContext);
  if (ObjectInit.isBad()) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
    Candidate.Conversions[0] = ObjectInit;
    return;
  }

  // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
  // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
  // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
  Candidate.Conversions[0].setUserDefined();
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.EllipsisConversion = false;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates = false;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction = FoundDecl;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
    = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
  Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();

  // Find the
  unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();

  // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
  // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
  // list (8.3.5).
  if (Args.size() > NumParams && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
    return;
  }

  // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
  // we have enough arguments.
  if (Args.size() < NumParams) {
    // Not enough arguments.
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_too_few_arguments;
    return;
  }

  // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
  // arguments.
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
    if (ArgIdx < NumParams) {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
      // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
      // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
      // parameter of F.
      QualType ParamType = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx);
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
        = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
                                /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                  getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
      if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].isBad()) {
        Candidate.Viable = false;
        Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
        return;
      }
    } else {
      // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
      // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
      // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].setEllipsis();
    }
  }

  if (EnableIfAttr *FailedAttr = CheckEnableIf(Conversion, None)) {
    Candidate.Viable = false;
    Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_enable_if;
    Candidate.DeductionFailure.Data = FailedAttr;
    return;
  }
}

/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
/// member functions.
///
/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
/// [over.match.oper]).
void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                       OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                                       SourceRange OpRange) {
  DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
  //   For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
  //   cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
  //   a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
  //   a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
  //   three sets of candidate functions, designated member
  //   candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
  //   constructed as follows:
  QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();

  //     -- If T1 is a complete class type or a class currently being
  //        defined, the set of member candidates is the result of the
  //        qualified lookup of T1::operator@ (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise,
  //        the set of member candidates is empty.
  if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
    // Complete the type if it can be completed.
    if (!isCompleteType(OpLoc, T1) && !T1Rec->isBeingDefined())
      return;
    // If the type is neither complete nor being defined, bail out now.
    if (!T1Rec->getDecl()->getDefinition())
      return;

    LookupResult Operators(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
    LookupQualifiedName(Operators, T1Rec->getDecl());
    Operators.suppressDiagnostics();

    for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
                             OperEnd = Operators.end();
         Oper != OperEnd;
         ++Oper)
      AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Args[0]->getType(),
                         Args[0]->Classify(Context),
                         Args.slice(1),
                         CandidateSet,
                         /* SuppressUserConversions = */ false);
  }
}

/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
/// converted to bool.
void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                               OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                               bool IsAssignmentOperator,
                               unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
  // Overload resolution is always an unevaluated context.
  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(*this, Sema::Unevaluated);

  // Add this candidate
  OverloadCandidate &Candidate = CandidateSet.addCandidate(Args.size());
  Candidate.FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none);
  Candidate.Function = nullptr;
  Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
  Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
  Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx)
    Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];

  // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
  // arguments.
  Candidate.Viable = true;
  Candidate.ExplicitCallArguments = Args.size();
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
    // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
    //   For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
    //   left operand are restricted as follows:
    //     -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
    //     -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
    //        operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
    //        parameter of a built-in candidate.
    //
    // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
    // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
    // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
    // is not of the same type.
    if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
      assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
             "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
        = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(*this, Args[ArgIdx]);
    } else {
      Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
        = TryCopyInitialization(*this, Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
                                ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
                                /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                  getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
    }
    if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].isBad()) {
      Candidate.Viable = false;
      Candidate.FailureKind = ovl_fail_bad_conversion;
      break;
    }
  }
}

namespace {

/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
/// enumeration types.
class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet  {
  /// TypeSet - A set of types.
  typedef llvm::SetVector<QualType, SmallVector<QualType, 8>,
                          llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8>> TypeSet;

  /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
  /// built-in candidates.
  TypeSet PointerTypes;

  /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
  /// used in the built-in candidates.
  TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;

  /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
  /// used in the built-in candidates.
  TypeSet EnumerationTypes;

  /// \brief The set of vector types that will be used in the built-in
  /// candidates.
  TypeSet VectorTypes;

  /// \brief A flag indicating non-record types are viable candidates
  bool HasNonRecordTypes;

  /// \brief A flag indicating whether either arithmetic or enumeration types
  /// were present in the candidate set.
  bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes;

  /// \brief A flag indicating whether the nullptr type was present in the
  /// candidate set.
  bool HasNullPtrType;

  /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
  /// candidate type set.
  Sema &SemaRef;

  /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
  ASTContext &Context;

  bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
                                               const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals);
  bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);

public:
  /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
  typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;

  BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
    : HasNonRecordTypes(false),
      HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes(false),
      HasNullPtrType(false),
      SemaRef(SemaRef),
      Context(SemaRef.Context) { }

  void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
                             SourceLocation Loc,
                             bool AllowUserConversions,
                             bool AllowExplicitConversions,
                             const Qualifiers &VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);

  /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
  iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }

  /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
  iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }

  /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
  iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }

  /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
  iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }

  /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
  iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }

  /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
  iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }

  iterator vector_begin() { return VectorTypes.begin(); }
  iterator vector_end() { return VectorTypes.end(); }

  bool hasNonRecordTypes() { return HasNonRecordTypes; }
  bool hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes() { return HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes; }
  bool hasNullPtrType() const { return HasNullPtrType; }
};

} // end anonymous namespace

/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
/// false otherwise.
///
/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
bool
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty,
                                             const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {

  // Insert this type.
  if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
    return false;

  QualType PointeeTy;
  const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
  bool buildObjCPtr = false;
  if (!PointerTy) {
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy = Ty->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    PointeeTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
    buildObjCPtr = true;
  } else {
    PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
  }

  // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
  // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
  // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
  // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
  if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
    return true;

  unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
  bool hasVolatile = VisibleQuals.hasVolatile();
  bool hasRestrict = VisibleQuals.hasRestrict();

  // Iterate through all strict supersets of BaseCVR.
  for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
    if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;
    // Skip over volatile if no volatile found anywhere in the types.
    if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Volatile) && !hasVolatile) continue;

    // Skip over restrict if no restrict found anywhere in the types, or if
    // the type cannot be restrict-qualified.
    if ((CVR & Qualifiers::Restrict) &&
        (!hasRestrict ||
         (!(PointeeTy->isAnyPointerType() || PointeeTy->isReferenceType()))))
      continue;

    // Build qualified pointee type.
    QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);

    // Build qualified pointer type.
    QualType QPointerTy;
    if (!buildObjCPtr)
      QPointerTy = Context.getPointerType(QPointeeTy);
    else
      QPointerTy = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(QPointeeTy);

    // Insert qualified pointer type.
    PointerTypes.insert(QPointerTy);
  }

  return true;
}

/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
/// false otherwise.
///
/// FIXME: what to do about extended qualifiers?
bool
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
    QualType Ty) {
  // Insert this type.
  if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
    return false;

  const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
  assert(PointerTy && "type was not a member pointer type!");

  QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
  // Don't add qualified variants of arrays. For one, they're not allowed
  // (the qualifier would sink to the element type), and for another, the
  // only overload situation where it matters is subscript or pointer +- int,
  // and those shouldn't have qualifier variants anyway.
  if (PointeeTy->isArrayType())
    return true;
  const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();

  // Iterate through all strict supersets of the pointee type's CVR
  // qualifiers.
  unsigned BaseCVR = PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers();
  for (unsigned CVR = BaseCVR+1; CVR <= Qualifiers::CVRMask; ++CVR) {
    if ((CVR | BaseCVR) != CVR) continue;

    QualType QPointeeTy = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(PointeeTy, CVR);
    MemberPointerTypes.insert(
      Context.getMemberPointerType(QPointeeTy, ClassTy));
  }

  return true;
}

/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
/// type.
void
BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
                                               SourceLocation Loc,
                                               bool AllowUserConversions,
                                               bool AllowExplicitConversions,
                                               const Qualifiers &VisibleQuals) {
  // Only deal with canonical types.
  Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);

  // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
  // expression for the purposes of conversions.
  if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();

  // If we're dealing with an array type, decay to the pointer.
  if (Ty->isArrayType())
    Ty = SemaRef.Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty);

  // Otherwise, we don't care about qualifiers on the type.
  Ty = Ty.getLocalUnqualifiedType();

  // Flag if we ever add a non-record type.
  const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
  HasNonRecordTypes = HasNonRecordTypes || !TyRec;

  // Flag if we encounter an arithmetic type.
  HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes =
    HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes || Ty->isArithmeticType();

  if (Ty->isObjCIdType() || Ty->isObjCClassType())
    PointerTypes.insert(Ty);
  else if (Ty->getAs<PointerType>() || Ty->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
    // of types.
    if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty, VisibleQuals))
      return;
  } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
    // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
    if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
      return;
  } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
    HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true;
    EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
  } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
    // We treat vector types as arithmetic types in many contexts as an
    // extension.
    HasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes = true;
    VectorTypes.insert(Ty);
  } else if (Ty->isNullPtrType()) {
    HasNullPtrType = true;
  } else if (AllowUserConversions && TyRec) {
    // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
    if (!SemaRef.isCompleteType(Loc, Ty))
      return;

    CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
    for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) {
      if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
        D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();

      // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
      // about which builtin types we can convert to.
      if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
        continue;

      CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
      if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
        AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), Loc, false, false,
                              VisibleQuals);
      }
    }
  }
}

/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
/// given type to the candidate set.
static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
                                                   QualType T,
                                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
  QualType ParamTypes[2];

  // T& operator=(T&, T)
  ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
  ParamTypes[1] = T;
  S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                        /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);

  if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
    // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
    ParamTypes[0]
      = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(T));
    ParamTypes[1] = T;
    S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                          /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
  }
}

/// CollectVRQualifiers - This routine returns Volatile/Restrict qualifiers,
/// if any, found in visible type conversion functions found in ArgExpr's type.
static  Qualifiers CollectVRQualifiers(ASTContext &Context, Expr* ArgExpr) {
    Qualifiers VRQuals;
    const RecordType *TyRec;
    if (const MemberPointerType *RHSMPType =
        ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
      TyRec = RHSMPType->getClass()->getAs<RecordType>();
    else
      TyRec = ArgExpr->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!TyRec) {
      // Just to be safe, assume the worst case.
      VRQuals.addVolatile();
      VRQuals.addRestrict();
      return VRQuals;
    }

    CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
    if (!ClassDecl->hasDefinition())
      return VRQuals;

    for (NamedDecl *D : ClassDecl->getVisibleConversionFunctions()) {
      if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
        D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
      if (CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
        QualType CanTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Conv->getConversionType());
        if (const ReferenceType *ResTypeRef = CanTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
          CanTy = ResTypeRef->getPointeeType();
        // Need to go down the pointer/mempointer chain and add qualifiers
        // as see them.
        bool done = false;
        while (!done) {
          if (CanTy.isRestrictQualified())
            VRQuals.addRestrict();
          if (const PointerType *ResTypePtr = CanTy->getAs<PointerType>())
            CanTy = ResTypePtr->getPointeeType();
          else if (const MemberPointerType *ResTypeMPtr =
                CanTy->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
            CanTy = ResTypeMPtr->getPointeeType();
          else
            done = true;
          if (CanTy.isVolatileQualified())
            VRQuals.addVolatile();
          if (VRQuals.hasRestrict() && VRQuals.hasVolatile())
            return VRQuals;
        }
      }
    }
    return VRQuals;
}

namespace {

/// \brief Helper class to manage the addition of builtin operator overload
/// candidates. It provides shared state and utility methods used throughout
/// the process, as well as a helper method to add each group of builtin
/// operator overloads from the standard to a candidate set.
class BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder {
  // Common instance state available to all overload candidate addition methods.
  Sema &S;
  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args;
  Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
  bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType;
  SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes;
  OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet;

  // Define some constants used to index and iterate over the arithemetic types
  // provided via the getArithmeticType() method below.
  // The "promoted arithmetic types" are the arithmetic
  // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2).
  static const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 4;
  static const unsigned LastIntegralType = 21;
  static const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 4,
                        LastPromotedIntegralType = 12;
  static const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 0,
                        LastPromotedArithmeticType = 12;
  static const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 21;

  /// \brief Get the canonical type for a given arithmetic type index.
  CanQualType getArithmeticType(unsigned index) {
    assert(index < NumArithmeticTypes);
    static CanQualType ASTContext::* const
      ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
      // Start of promoted types.
      &ASTContext::FloatTy,
      &ASTContext::DoubleTy,
      &ASTContext::LongDoubleTy,
      &ASTContext::Float128Ty,

      // Start of integral types.
      &ASTContext::IntTy,
      &ASTContext::LongTy,
      &ASTContext::LongLongTy,
      &ASTContext::Int128Ty,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedIntTy,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedLongTy,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedLongLongTy,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedInt128Ty,
      // End of promoted types.

      &ASTContext::BoolTy,
      &ASTContext::CharTy,
      &ASTContext::WCharTy,
      &ASTContext::Char16Ty,
      &ASTContext::Char32Ty,
      &ASTContext::SignedCharTy,
      &ASTContext::ShortTy,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedCharTy,
      &ASTContext::UnsignedShortTy,
      // End of integral types.
      // FIXME: What about complex? What about half?
    };
    return S.Context.*ArithmeticTypes[index];
  }

  /// \brief Gets the canonical type resulting from the usual arithemetic
  /// converions for the given arithmetic types.
  CanQualType getUsualArithmeticConversions(unsigned L, unsigned R) {
    // Accelerator table for performing the usual arithmetic conversions.
    // The rules are basically:
    //   - if either is floating-point, use the wider floating-point
    //   - if same signedness, use the higher rank
    //   - if same size, use unsigned of the higher rank
    //   - use the larger type
    // These rules, together with the axiom that higher ranks are
    // never smaller, are sufficient to precompute all of these results
    // *except* when dealing with signed types of higher rank.
    // (we could precompute SLL x UI for all known platforms, but it's
    // better not to make any assumptions).
    // We assume that int128 has a higher rank than long long on all platforms.
    enum PromotedType : int8_t {
            Dep=-1,
            Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,   SI,   SL,  SLL, S128,   UI,   UL,  ULL, U128
    };
    static const PromotedType ConversionsTable[LastPromotedArithmeticType]
                                        [LastPromotedArithmeticType] = {
/* Flt*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt,  Flt },
/* Dbl*/ {  Dbl,  Dbl, LDbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl,  Dbl },
/*LDbl*/ { LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl, LDbl },
/*  SI*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,   SI,   SL,  SLL, S128,   UI,   UL,  ULL, U128 },
/*  SL*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,   SL,   SL,  SLL, S128,  Dep,   UL,  ULL, U128 },
/* SLL*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,  SLL,  SLL,  SLL, S128,  Dep,  Dep,  ULL, U128 },
/*S128*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl, S128, S128, S128, S128, S128, S128, S128, U128 },
/*  UI*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,   UI,  Dep,  Dep, S128,   UI,   UL,  ULL, U128 },
/*  UL*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,   UL,   UL,  Dep, S128,   UL,   UL,  ULL, U128 },
/* ULL*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl,  ULL,  ULL,  ULL, S128,  ULL,  ULL,  ULL, U128 },
/*U128*/ {  Flt,  Dbl, LDbl, U128, U128, U128, U128, U128, U128, U128, U128 },
    };

    assert(L < LastPromotedArithmeticType);
    assert(R < LastPromotedArithmeticType);
    int Idx = ConversionsTable[L][R];

    // Fast path: the table gives us a concrete answer.
    if (Idx != Dep) return getArithmeticType(Idx);

    // Slow path: we need to compare widths.
    // An invariant is that the signed type has higher rank.
    CanQualType LT = getArithmeticType(L),
                RT = getArithmeticType(R);
    unsigned LW = S.Context.getIntWidth(LT),
             RW = S.Context.getIntWidth(RT);

    // If they're different widths, use the signed type.
    if (LW > RW) return LT;
    else if (LW < RW) return RT;

    // Otherwise, use the unsigned type of the signed type's rank.
    if (L == SL || R == SL) return S.Context.UnsignedLongTy;
    assert(L == SLL || R == SLL);
    return S.Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
  }

  /// \brief Helper method to factor out the common pattern of adding overloads
  /// for '++' and '--' builtin operators.
  void addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(QualType CandidateTy,
                                           bool HasVolatile,
                                           bool HasRestrict) {
    QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
      S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(CandidateTy),
      S.Context.IntTy
    };

    // Non-volatile version.
    if (Args.size() == 1)
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
    else
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);

    // Use a heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set:
    // add volatile version only if there are conversions to a volatile type.
    if (HasVolatile) {
      ParamTypes[0] =
        S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
          S.Context.getVolatileType(CandidateTy));
      if (Args.size() == 1)
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      else
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
    }

    // Add restrict version only if there are conversions to a restrict type
    // and our candidate type is a non-restrict-qualified pointer.
    if (HasRestrict && CandidateTy->isAnyPointerType() &&
        !CandidateTy.isRestrictQualified()) {
      ParamTypes[0]
        = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
            S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy, Qualifiers::Restrict));
      if (Args.size() == 1)
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      else
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);

      if (HasVolatile) {
        ParamTypes[0]
          = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
              S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(CandidateTy,
                                            (Qualifiers::Volatile |
                                             Qualifiers::Restrict)));
        if (Args.size() == 1)
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
        else
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(CandidateTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }

  }

public:
  BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder(
    Sema &S, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
    Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals,
    bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType,
    SmallVectorImpl<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet> &CandidateTypes,
    OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet)
    : S(S), Args(Args),
      VisibleTypeConversionsQuals(VisibleTypeConversionsQuals),
      HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType(
        HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType),
      CandidateTypes(CandidateTypes),
      CandidateSet(CandidateSet) {
    // Validate some of our static helper constants in debug builds.
    assert(getArithmeticType(FirstPromotedIntegralType) == S.Context.IntTy &&
           "Invalid first promoted integral type");
    assert(getArithmeticType(LastPromotedIntegralType - 1)
             == S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty &&
           "Invalid last promoted integral type");
    assert(getArithmeticType(FirstPromotedArithmeticType)
             == S.Context.FloatTy &&
           "Invalid first promoted arithmetic type");
    assert(getArithmeticType(LastPromotedArithmeticType - 1)
             == S.Context.UnsignedInt128Ty &&
           "Invalid last promoted arithmetic type");
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p3:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
  //   is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
  //   functions of the form
  //
  //       VQ T&      operator++(VQ T&);
  //       T          operator++(VQ T&, int);
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p4:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
  //   than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
  //   candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //       VQ T&      operator--(VQ T&);
  //       T          operator--(VQ T&, int);
  void addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
         Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
      addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(
        getArithmeticType(Arith),
        VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile(),
        VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict());
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p5:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
  //   cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
  //   empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //       T*VQ&      operator++(T*VQ&);
  //       T*VQ&      operator--(T*VQ&);
  //       T*         operator++(T*VQ&, int);
  //       T*         operator--(T*VQ&, int);
  void addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads() {
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
      if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
        continue;

      addPlusPlusMinusMinusStyleOverloads(*Ptr,
        (!(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
         VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()),
        (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() &&
         VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()));
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p6:
  //   For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
  //   exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //       T&         operator*(T*);
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p7:
  //   For every function type T that does not have cv-qualifiers or a
  //   ref-qualifier, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //       T&         operator*(T*);
  void addUnaryStarPointerOverloads() {
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
      QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType();
      if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType() && !PointeeTy->isFunctionType())
        continue;

      if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto =PointeeTy->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
        if (Proto->getTypeQuals() || Proto->getRefQualifier())
          continue;

      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
                            &ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p9:
  //  For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
  //  operator functions of the form
  //
  //       T         operator+(T);
  //       T         operator-(T);
  void addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads() {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
         Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
      QualType ArithTy = getArithmeticType(Arith);
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }

    // Extension: We also add these operators for vector types.
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Vec = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
           VecEnd = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
         Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
      QualType VecTy = *Vec;
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p8:
  //   For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
  //   the form
  //
  //       T*         operator+(T*);
  void addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads() {
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p10:
  //   For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
  //   operator functions of the form
  //
  //        T         operator~(T);
  void addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads() {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
         Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
      QualType IntTy = getArithmeticType(Int);
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }

    // Extension: We also add this operator for vector types.
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Vec = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
           VecEnd = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
         Vec != VecEnd; ++Vec) {
      QualType VecTy = *Vec;
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(VecTy, &VecTy, Args, CandidateSet);
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
  //   For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
  //   functions of the form
  //
  //        bool operator==(T,T);
  //        bool operator!=(T,T);
  void addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOverloads() {
    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
             MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
           MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
           ++MemPtr) {
        // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice.
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second)
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p15:
  //
  //   For every T, where T is an enumeration type, a pointer type, or
  //   std::nullptr_t, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        bool       operator<(T, T);
  //        bool       operator>(T, T);
  //        bool       operator<=(T, T);
  //        bool       operator>=(T, T);
  //        bool       operator==(T, T);
  //        bool       operator!=(T, T);
  void addRelationalPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() {
    // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
    //   [...]the built-in candidates include all of the candidate operator
    //   functions defined in 13.6 that, compared to the given operator, [...]
    //   do not have the same parameter-type-list as any non-template non-member
    //   candidate.
    //
    // Note that in practice, this only affects enumeration types because there
    // aren't any built-in candidates of record type, and a user-defined operator
    // must have an operand of record or enumeration type. Also, the only other
    // overloaded operator with enumeration arguments, operator=,
    // cannot be overloaded for enumeration types, so this is the only place
    // where we must suppress candidates like this.
    llvm::DenseSet<std::pair<CanQualType, CanQualType> >
      UserDefinedBinaryOperators;

    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
      if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin() !=
          CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end()) {
        for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator C = CandidateSet.begin(),
                                         CEnd = CandidateSet.end();
             C != CEnd; ++C) {
          if (!C->Viable || !C->Function || C->Function->getNumParams() != 2)
            continue;

          if (C->Function->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
            continue;

          QualType FirstParamType =
            C->Function->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
          QualType SecondParamType =
            C->Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType().getUnqualifiedType();

          // Skip if either parameter isn't of enumeral type.
          if (!FirstParamType->isEnumeralType() ||
              !SecondParamType->isEnumeralType())
            continue;

          // Add this operator to the set of known user-defined operators.
          UserDefinedBinaryOperators.insert(
            std::make_pair(S.Context.getCanonicalType(FirstParamType),
                           S.Context.getCanonicalType(SecondParamType)));
        }
      }
    }

    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(),
             PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end();
           Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
        // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice.
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second)
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
             EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
           Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
        CanQualType CanonType = S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum);

        // Don't add the same builtin candidate twice, or if a user defined
        // candidate exists.
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(CanonType).second ||
            UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(CanonType,
                                                            CanonType)))
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }

      if (CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNullPtrType()) {
        CanQualType NullPtrTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(S.Context.NullPtrTy);
        if (AddedTypes.insert(NullPtrTy).second &&
            !UserDefinedBinaryOperators.count(std::make_pair(NullPtrTy,
                                                             NullPtrTy))) {
          QualType ParamTypes[2] = { NullPtrTy, NullPtrTy };
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args,
                                CandidateSet);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p13:
  //
  //   For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
  //   there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //      T*         operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
  //      T&         operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);    [BELOW]
  //      T*         operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
  //      T*         operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
  //      T&         operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);    [BELOW]
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p14:
  //
  //   For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
  //   exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //      ptrdiff_t  operator-(T, T);
  void addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (int Arg = 0; Arg < 2; ++Arg) {
      QualType AsymmetricParamTypes[2] = {
        S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
        S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
      };
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Ptr = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_begin(),
             PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[Arg].pointer_end();
           Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
        QualType PointeeTy = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
        if (!PointeeTy->isObjectType())
          continue;

        AsymmetricParamTypes[Arg] = *Ptr;
        if (Arg == 0 || Op == OO_Plus) {
          // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
          // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, AsymmetricParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
        }
        if (Op == OO_Minus) {
          // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
          if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second)
            continue;

          QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
                                Args, CandidateSet);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p12:
  //
  //   For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
  //   exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        LR         operator*(L, R);
  //        LR         operator/(L, R);
  //        LR         operator+(L, R);
  //        LR         operator-(L, R);
  //        bool       operator<(L, R);
  //        bool       operator>(L, R);
  //        bool       operator<=(L, R);
  //        bool       operator>=(L, R);
  //        bool       operator==(L, R);
  //        bool       operator!=(L, R);
  //
  //   where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
  //   between types L and R.
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p24:
  //
  //   For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
  //   candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        LR       operator?(bool, L, R);
  //
  //   where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
  //   between types L and R.
  // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
  void addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(bool isComparison) {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
         Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
      for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
           Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
        QualType LandR[2] = { getArithmeticType(Left),
                              getArithmeticType(Right) };
        QualType Result =
          isComparison ? S.Context.BoolTy
                       : getUsualArithmeticConversions(Left, Right);
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }

    // Extension: Add the binary operators ==, !=, <, <=, >=, >, *, /, and the
    // conditional operator for vector types.
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Vec1 = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
           Vec1End = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
         Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Vec2 = CandidateTypes[1].vector_begin(),
             Vec2End = CandidateTypes[1].vector_end();
           Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
        QualType LandR[2] = { *Vec1, *Vec2 };
        QualType Result = S.Context.BoolTy;
        if (!isComparison) {
          if ((*Vec1)->isExtVectorType() || !(*Vec2)->isExtVectorType())
            Result = *Vec1;
          else
            Result = *Vec2;
        }

        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p17:
  //
  //   For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
  //   exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //      LR         operator%(L, R);
  //      LR         operator&(L, R);
  //      LR         operator^(L, R);
  //      LR         operator|(L, R);
  //      L          operator<<(L, R);
  //      L          operator>>(L, R);
  //
  //   where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
  //   between types L and R.
  void addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(OverloadedOperatorKind Op) {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
         Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
      for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
           Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
        QualType LandR[2] = { getArithmeticType(Left),
                              getArithmeticType(Right) };
        QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
            ? LandR[0]
            : getUsualArithmeticConversions(Left, Right);
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p20:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
  //   pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
  //   empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        VQ T&      operator=(VQ T&, T);
  void addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads() {
    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
             EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
           Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)).second)
          continue;

        AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *Enum, Args, CandidateSet);
      }

      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
             MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
           MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second)
          continue;

        AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(S, *MemPtr, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p19:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
  //   volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
  //   of the form
  //
  //        T*VQ&      operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p21:
  //
  //   For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
  //   cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
  //   empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        T*VQ&      operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
  //        T*VQ&      operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
  void addAssignmentPointerOverloads(bool isEqualOp) {
    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      // If this is operator=, keep track of the builtin candidates we added.
      if (isEqualOp)
        AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr));
      else if (!(*Ptr)->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
        continue;

      // non-volatile version
      QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
        S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr),
        isEqualOp ? *Ptr : S.Context.getPointerDiffType(),
      };
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                            /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/ isEqualOp);

      bool NeedVolatile = !(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
                          VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile();
      if (NeedVolatile) {
        // volatile version
        ParamTypes[0] =
          S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                              /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
      }

      if (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() &&
          VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) {
        // restrict version
        ParamTypes[0]
          = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(*Ptr));
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                              /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);

        if (NeedVolatile) {
          // volatile restrict version
          ParamTypes[0]
            = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
                S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(*Ptr,
                                              (Qualifiers::Volatile |
                                               Qualifiers::Restrict)));
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
        }
      }
    }

    if (isEqualOp) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(),
             PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end();
           Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
        // Make sure we don't add the same candidate twice.
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second)
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
          S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr),
          *Ptr,
        };

        // non-volatile version
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                              /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);

        bool NeedVolatile = !(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified() &&
                           VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile();
        if (NeedVolatile) {
          // volatile version
          ParamTypes[0] =
            S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getVolatileType(*Ptr));
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);
        }

        if (!(*Ptr).isRestrictQualified() &&
            VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict()) {
          // restrict version
          ParamTypes[0]
            = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(S.Context.getRestrictType(*Ptr));
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);

          if (NeedVolatile) {
            // volatile restrict version
            ParamTypes[0]
              = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(
                  S.Context.getCVRQualifiedType(*Ptr,
                                                (Qualifiers::Volatile |
                                                 Qualifiers::Restrict)));
            S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                  /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/true);
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p18:
  //
  //   For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
  //   VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
  //   arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
  //   the form
  //
  //        VQ L&      operator=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&      operator*=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&      operator/=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&      operator+=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&      operator-=(VQ L&, R);
  void addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(bool isEqualOp) {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
      for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
           Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
        QualType ParamTypes[2];
        ParamTypes[1] = getArithmeticType(Right);

        // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
        ParamTypes[0] =
          S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(getArithmeticType(Left));
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                              /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);

        // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
        if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
          ParamTypes[0] =
            S.Context.getVolatileType(getArithmeticType(Left));
          ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
        }
      }
    }

    // Extension: Add the binary operators =, +=, -=, *=, /= for vector types.
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Vec1 = CandidateTypes[0].vector_begin(),
           Vec1End = CandidateTypes[0].vector_end();
         Vec1 != Vec1End; ++Vec1) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Vec2 = CandidateTypes[1].vector_begin(),
             Vec2End = CandidateTypes[1].vector_end();
           Vec2 != Vec2End; ++Vec2) {
        QualType ParamTypes[2];
        ParamTypes[1] = *Vec2;
        // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
        ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Vec1);
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                              /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);

        // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
        if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
          ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(*Vec1);
          ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                                /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/isEqualOp);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p22:
  //
  //   For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
  //   is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
  //   type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        VQ L&       operator%=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&       operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&       operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&       operator&=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&       operator^=(VQ L&, R);
  //        VQ L&       operator|=(VQ L&, R);
  void addAssignmentIntegralOverloads() {
    if (!HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType)
      return;

    for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
      for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
           Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
        QualType ParamTypes[2];
        ParamTypes[1] = getArithmeticType(Right);

        // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
        ParamTypes[0] =
          S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(getArithmeticType(Left));
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
        if (VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile()) {
          // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
          ParamTypes[0] = getArithmeticType(Left);
          ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getVolatileType(ParamTypes[0]);
          ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.operator]p23:
  //
  //   There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        bool        operator!(bool);
  //        bool        operator&&(bool, bool);
  //        bool        operator||(bool, bool);
  void addExclaimOverload() {
    QualType ParamTy = S.Context.BoolTy;
    S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, CandidateSet,
                          /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
                          /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
  }
  void addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload() {
    QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.BoolTy, S.Context.BoolTy };
    S.AddBuiltinCandidate(S.Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet,
                          /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
                          /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p13:
  //
  //   For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
  //   exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        T*         operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);     [ABOVE]
  //        T&         operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
  //        T*         operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);     [ABOVE]
  //        T*         operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);     [ABOVE]
  //        T&         operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
  void addSubscriptOverloads() {
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, S.Context.getPointerDiffType() };
      QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
      if (!PointeeType->isObjectType())
        continue;

      QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);

      // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
    }

    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
              Ptr = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      QualType ParamTypes[2] = { S.Context.getPointerDiffType(), *Ptr };
      QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getPointeeType();
      if (!PointeeType->isObjectType())
        continue;

      QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);

      // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*)
      S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
    }
  }

  // C++ [over.built]p11:
  //    For every quintuple (C1, C2, T, CV1, CV2), where C2 is a class type,
  //    C1 is the same type as C2 or is a derived class of C2, T is an object
  //    type or a function type, and CV1 and CV2 are cv-qualifier-seqs,
  //    there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //      CV12 T& operator->*(CV1 C1*, CV2 T C2::*);
  //
  //    where CV12 is the union of CV1 and CV2.
  void addArrowStarOverloads() {
    for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
             Ptr = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_begin(),
           PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[0].pointer_end();
         Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
      QualType C1Ty = (*Ptr);
      QualType C1;
      QualifierCollector Q1;
      C1 = QualType(Q1.strip(C1Ty->getPointeeType()), 0);
      if (!isa<RecordType>(C1))
        continue;
      // heuristic to reduce number of builtin candidates in the set.
      // Add volatile/restrict version only if there are conversions to a
      // volatile/restrict type.
      if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() && Q1.hasVolatile())
        continue;
      if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() && Q1.hasRestrict())
        continue;
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                MemPtr = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_begin(),
             MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[1].member_pointer_end();
           MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
        const MemberPointerType *mptr = cast<MemberPointerType>(*MemPtr);
        QualType C2 = QualType(mptr->getClass(), 0);
        C2 = C2.getUnqualifiedType();
        if (C1 != C2 && !S.IsDerivedFrom(CandidateSet.getLocation(), C1, C2))
          break;
        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *MemPtr };
        // build CV12 T&
        QualType T = mptr->getPointeeType();
        if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasVolatile() &&
            T.isVolatileQualified())
          continue;
        if (!VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.hasRestrict() &&
            T.isRestrictQualified())
          continue;
        T = Q1.apply(S.Context, T);
        QualType ResultTy = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
  // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
  // therefore added as binary.
  //
  // C++ [over.built]p25:
  //   For every type T, where T is a pointer, pointer-to-member, or scoped
  //   enumeration type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
  //
  //        T        operator?(bool, T, T);
  //
  void addConditionalOperatorOverloads() {
    /// Set of (canonical) types that we've already handled.
    llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> AddedTypes;

    for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < 2; ++ArgIdx) {
      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                Ptr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_begin(),
             PtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].pointer_end();
           Ptr != PtrEnd; ++Ptr) {
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr)).second)
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }

      for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                MemPtr = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_begin(),
             MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].member_pointer_end();
           MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr) {
        if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*MemPtr)).second)
          continue;

        QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
        S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*MemPtr, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
      }

      if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
        for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
                  Enum = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_begin(),
               EnumEnd = CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].enumeration_end();
             Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum) {
          if (!(*Enum)->getAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isScoped())
            continue;

          if (!AddedTypes.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(*Enum)).second)
            continue;

          QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
          S.AddBuiltinCandidate(*Enum, ParamTypes, Args, CandidateSet);
        }
      }
    }
  }
};

} // end anonymous namespace

/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
void Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                                        SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                        OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
  // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
  // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
  // that make use of these types. Also record whether we encounter non-record
  // candidate types or either arithmetic or enumeral candidate types.
  Qualifiers VisibleTypeConversionsQuals;
  VisibleTypeConversionsQuals.addConst();
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx)
    VisibleTypeConversionsQuals += CollectVRQualifiers(Context, Args[ArgIdx]);

  bool HasNonRecordCandidateType = false;
  bool HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType = false;
  SmallVector<BuiltinCandidateTypeSet, 2> CandidateTypes;
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
    CandidateTypes.emplace_back(*this);
    CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
                                                 OpLoc,
                                                 true,
                                                 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
                                                  Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
                                                  Op == OO_PipePipe),
                                                 VisibleTypeConversionsQuals);
    HasNonRecordCandidateType = HasNonRecordCandidateType ||
        CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasNonRecordTypes();
    HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType =
        HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType ||
        CandidateTypes[ArgIdx].hasArithmeticOrEnumeralTypes();
  }

  // Exit early when no non-record types have been added to the candidate set
  // for any of the arguments to the operator.
  //
  // We can't exit early for !, ||, or &&, since there we have always have
  // 'bool' overloads.
  if (!HasNonRecordCandidateType &&
      !(Op == OO_Exclaim || Op == OO_AmpAmp || Op == OO_PipePipe))
    return;

  // Setup an object to manage the common state for building overloads.
  BuiltinOperatorOverloadBuilder OpBuilder(*this, Args,
                                           VisibleTypeConversionsQuals,
                                           HasArithmeticOrEnumeralCandidateType,
                                           CandidateTypes, CandidateSet);

  // Dispatch over the operation to add in only those overloads which apply.
  switch (Op) {
  case OO_None:
  case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
    llvm_unreachable("Expected an overloaded operator");

  case OO_New:
  case OO_Delete:
  case OO_Array_New:
  case OO_Array_Delete:
  case OO_Call:
    llvm_unreachable(
                    "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");

  case OO_Comma:
  case OO_Arrow:
  case OO_Coawait:
    // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
    //   -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', the
    //      operator '->', or the operator 'co_await', the
    //      built-in candidates set is empty.
    break;

  case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
    if (Args.size() == 1)
      OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusPointerOverloads();
    // Fall through.

  case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
    if (Args.size() == 1) {
      OpBuilder.addUnaryPlusOrMinusArithmeticOverloads();
    } else {
      OpBuilder.addBinaryPlusOrMinusPointerOverloads(Op);
      OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
    }
    break;

  case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
    if (Args.size() == 1)
      OpBuilder.addUnaryStarPointerOverloads();
    else
      OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
    break;

  case OO_Slash:
    OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
    break;

  case OO_PlusPlus:
  case OO_MinusMinus:
    OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusArithmeticOverloads(Op);
    OpBuilder.addPlusPlusMinusMinusPointerOverloads();
    break;

  case OO_EqualEqual:
  case OO_ExclaimEqual:
    OpBuilder.addEqualEqualOrNotEqualMemberPointerOverloads();
    // Fall through.

  case OO_Less:
  case OO_Greater:
  case OO_LessEqual:
  case OO_GreaterEqual:
    OpBuilder.addRelationalPointerOrEnumeralOverloads();
    OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/true);
    break;

  case OO_Percent:
  case OO_Caret:
  case OO_Pipe:
  case OO_LessLess:
  case OO_GreaterGreater:
    OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op);
    break;

  case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
    if (Args.size() == 1)
      // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
      //   -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
      //      operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
      break;

    OpBuilder.addBinaryBitwiseArithmeticOverloads(Op);
    break;

  case OO_Tilde:
    OpBuilder.addUnaryTildePromotedIntegralOverloads();
    break;

  case OO_Equal:
    OpBuilder.addAssignmentMemberPointerOrEnumeralOverloads();
    // Fall through.

  case OO_PlusEqual:
  case OO_MinusEqual:
    OpBuilder.addAssignmentPointerOverloads(Op == OO_Equal);
    // Fall through.

  case OO_StarEqual:
  case OO_SlashEqual:
    OpBuilder.addAssignmentArithmeticOverloads(Op == OO_Equal);
    break;

  case OO_PercentEqual:
  case OO_LessLessEqual:
  case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
  case OO_AmpEqual:
  case OO_CaretEqual:
  case OO_PipeEqual:
    OpBuilder.addAssignmentIntegralOverloads();
    break;

  case OO_Exclaim:
    OpBuilder.addExclaimOverload();
    break;

  case OO_AmpAmp:
  case OO_PipePipe:
    OpBuilder.addAmpAmpOrPipePipeOverload();
    break;

  case OO_Subscript:
    OpBuilder.addSubscriptOverloads();
    break;

  case OO_ArrowStar:
    OpBuilder.addArrowStarOverloads();
    break;

  case OO_Conditional:
    OpBuilder.addConditionalOperatorOverloads();
    OpBuilder.addGenericBinaryArithmeticOverloads(/*isComparison=*/false);
    break;
  }
}

/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
/// to the set of overloading candidates.
///
/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
void
Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
                                           SourceLocation Loc,
                                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
                                           bool PartialOverloading) {
  ADLResult Fns;

  // FIXME: This approach for uniquing ADL results (and removing
  // redundant candidates from the set) relies on pointer-equality,
  // which means we need to key off the canonical decl.  However,
  // always going back to the canonical decl might not get us the
  // right set of default arguments.  What default arguments are
  // we supposed to consider on ADL candidates, anyway?

  // FIXME: Pass in the explicit template arguments?
  ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Loc, Args, Fns);

  // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
  for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
                                   CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
       Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
    if (Cand->Function) {
      Fns.erase(Cand->Function);
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
        Fns.erase(FunTmpl);
    }

  // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
  // set.
  for (ADLResult::iterator I = Fns.begin(), E = Fns.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(*I, AS_none);
    if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*I)) {
      if (ExplicitTemplateArgs)
        continue;

      AddOverloadCandidate(FD, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet, false,
                           PartialOverloading);
    } else
      AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*I),
                                   FoundDecl, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                   Args, CandidateSet, PartialOverloading);
  }
}

namespace {
enum class Comparison { Equal, Better, Worse };
}

/// Compares the enable_if attributes of two FunctionDecls, for the purposes of
/// overload resolution.
///
/// Cand1's set of enable_if attributes are said to be "better" than Cand2's iff
/// Cand1's first N enable_if attributes have precisely the same conditions as
/// Cand2's first N enable_if attributes (where N = the number of enable_if
/// attributes on Cand2), and Cand1 has more than N enable_if attributes.
///
/// Note that you can have a pair of candidates such that Cand1's enable_if
/// attributes are worse than Cand2's, and Cand2's enable_if attributes are
/// worse than Cand1's.
static Comparison compareEnableIfAttrs(const Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *Cand1,
                                       const FunctionDecl *Cand2) {
  // Common case: One (or both) decls don't have enable_if attrs.
  bool Cand1Attr = Cand1->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>();
  bool Cand2Attr = Cand2->hasAttr<EnableIfAttr>();
  if (!Cand1Attr || !Cand2Attr) {
    if (Cand1Attr == Cand2Attr)
      return Comparison::Equal;
    return Cand1Attr ? Comparison::Better : Comparison::Worse;
  }

  // FIXME: The next several lines are just
  // specific_attr_iterator<EnableIfAttr> but going in declaration order,
  // instead of reverse order which is how they're stored in the AST.
  auto Cand1Attrs = getOrderedEnableIfAttrs(Cand1);
  auto Cand2Attrs = getOrderedEnableIfAttrs(Cand2);

  // It's impossible for Cand1 to be better than (or equal to) Cand2 if Cand1
  // has fewer enable_if attributes than Cand2.
  if (Cand1Attrs.size() < Cand2Attrs.size())
    return Comparison::Worse;

  auto Cand1I = Cand1Attrs.begin();
  llvm::FoldingSetNodeID Cand1ID, Cand2ID;
  for (auto &Cand2A : Cand2Attrs) {
    Cand1ID.clear();
    Cand2ID.clear();

    auto &Cand1A = *Cand1I++;
    Cand1A->getCond()->Profile(Cand1ID, S.getASTContext(), true);
    Cand2A->getCond()->Profile(Cand2ID, S.getASTContext(), true);
    if (Cand1ID != Cand2ID)
      return Comparison::Worse;
  }

  return Cand1I == Cand1Attrs.end() ? Comparison::Equal : Comparison::Better;
}

/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
bool clang::isBetterOverloadCandidate(Sema &S, const OverloadCandidate &Cand1,
                                      const OverloadCandidate &Cand2,
                                      SourceLocation Loc,
                                      bool UserDefinedConversion) {
  // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
  // functions.
  if (!Cand2.Viable)
    return Cand1.Viable;
  else if (!Cand1.Viable)
    return false;

  // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
  //
  //   -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
  //      that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
  //      any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
  //      better nor worse than ICS1(F).
  unsigned StartArg = 0;
  if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
    StartArg = 1;

  // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
  //   A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
  //   viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
  //   conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
  unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.NumConversions;
  assert(Cand2.NumConversions == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
  bool HasBetterConversion = false;
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
    switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc,
                                               Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
                                               Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
    case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
      // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
      HasBetterConversion = true;
      break;

    case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
      // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
      return false;

    case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
      // Do nothing.
      break;
    }
  }

  //    -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
  //       ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
  if (HasBetterConversion)
    return true;

  //   -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
  //      (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
  //      from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
  //      the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
  //      conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
  //      from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
  if (UserDefinedConversion && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
      isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
      isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
    // First check whether we prefer one of the conversion functions over the
    // other. This only distinguishes the results in non-standard, extension
    // cases such as the conversion from a lambda closure type to a function
    // pointer or block.
    ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result =
        compareConversionFunctions(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function);
    if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable)
      Result = CompareStandardConversionSequences(S, Loc,
                                                  Cand1.FinalConversion,
                                                  Cand2.FinalConversion);

    if (Result != ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable)
      return Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;

    // FIXME: Compare kind of reference binding if conversion functions
    // convert to a reference type used in direct reference binding, per
    // C++14 [over.match.best]p1 section 2 bullet 3.
  }

  //    -- F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
  //       specialization, or, if not that,
  bool Cand1IsSpecialization = Cand1.Function &&
                               Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
  bool Cand2IsSpecialization = Cand2.Function &&
                               Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
  if (Cand1IsSpecialization != Cand2IsSpecialization)
    return Cand2IsSpecialization;

  //   -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
  //      template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
  //      according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
  //      if not that,
  if (Cand1IsSpecialization && Cand2IsSpecialization) {
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
          = S.getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
                                         Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
                                         Loc,
                       isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function)? TPOC_Conversion
                                                             : TPOC_Call,
                                         Cand1.ExplicitCallArguments,
                                         Cand2.ExplicitCallArguments))
      return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
  }

  // FIXME: Work around a defect in the C++17 inheriting constructor wording.
  // A derived-class constructor beats an (inherited) base class constructor.
  bool Cand1IsInherited =
      dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand1.FoundDecl.getDecl());
  bool Cand2IsInherited =
      dyn_cast_or_null<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Cand2.FoundDecl.getDecl());
  if (Cand1IsInherited != Cand2IsInherited)
    return Cand2IsInherited;
  else if (Cand1IsInherited) {
    assert(Cand2IsInherited);
    auto *Cand1Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand1.Function->getDeclContext());
    auto *Cand2Class = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cand2.Function->getDeclContext());
    if (Cand1Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand2Class))
      return true;
    if (Cand2Class->isDerivedFrom(Cand1Class))
      return false;
    // Inherited from sibling base classes: still ambiguous.
  }

  // Check for enable_if value-based overload resolution.
  if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) {
    Comparison Cmp = compareEnableIfAttrs(S, Cand1.Function, Cand2.Function);
    if (Cmp != Comparison::Equal)
      return Cmp == Comparison::Better;
  }

  if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function) {
    FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext);
    return S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand1.Function) >
           S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand2.Function);
  }

  bool HasPS1 = Cand1.Function != nullptr &&
                functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand1.Function);
  bool HasPS2 = Cand2.Function != nullptr &&
                functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Cand2.Function);
  return HasPS1 != HasPS2 && HasPS1;
}

/// Determine whether two declarations are "equivalent" for the purposes of
/// name lookup and overload resolution. This applies when the same internal/no
/// linkage entity is defined by two modules (probably by textually including
/// the same header). In such a case, we don't consider the declarations to
/// declare the same entity, but we also don't want lookups with both
/// declarations visible to be ambiguous in some cases (this happens when using
/// a modularized libstdc++).
bool Sema::isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
                                                  const NamedDecl *B) {
  auto *VA = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(A);
  auto *VB = dyn_cast_or_null<ValueDecl>(B);
  if (!VA || !VB)
    return false;

  // The declarations must be declaring the same name as an internal linkage
  // entity in different modules.
  if (!VA->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
          VB->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) ||
      getOwningModule(const_cast<ValueDecl *>(VA)) ==
          getOwningModule(const_cast<ValueDecl *>(VB)) ||
      VA->isExternallyVisible() || VB->isExternallyVisible())
    return false;

  // Check that the declarations appear to be equivalent.
  //
  // FIXME: Checking the type isn't really enough to resolve the ambiguity.
  // For constants and functions, we should check the initializer or body is
  // the same. For non-constant variables, we shouldn't allow it at all.
  if (Context.hasSameType(VA->getType(), VB->getType()))
    return true;

  // Enum constants within unnamed enumerations will have different types, but
  // may still be similar enough to be interchangeable for our purposes.
  if (auto *EA = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VA)) {
    if (auto *EB = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(VB)) {
      // Only handle anonymous enums. If the enumerations were named and
      // equivalent, they would have been merged to the same type.
      auto *EnumA = cast<EnumDecl>(EA->getDeclContext());
      auto *EnumB = cast<EnumDecl>(EB->getDeclContext());
      if (EnumA->hasNameForLinkage() || EnumB->hasNameForLinkage() ||
          !Context.hasSameType(EnumA->getIntegerType(),
                               EnumB->getIntegerType()))
        return false;
      // Allow this only if the value is the same for both enumerators.
      return llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(EA->getInitVal(), EB->getInitVal());
    }
  }

  // Nothing else is sufficiently similar.
  return false;
}

void Sema::diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
    SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D, ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::ext_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl_in_modules) << D;

  Module *M = getOwningModule(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D));
  Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl)
      << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : "");

  for (auto *E : Equiv) {
    Module *M = getOwningModule(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(E));
    Diag(E->getLocation(), diag::note_equivalent_internal_linkage_decl)
        << !M << (M ? M->getFullModuleName() : "");
  }
}

/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
/// within an overload candidate set.
///
/// \param Loc The location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
/// which overload resolution occurs.
///
/// \param Best If overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
/// function, \p Best points to the candidate function found.
///
/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
OverloadingResult
OverloadCandidateSet::BestViableFunction(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                         iterator &Best,
                                         bool UserDefinedConversion) {
  llvm::SmallVector<OverloadCandidate *, 16> Candidates;
  std::transform(begin(), end(), std::back_inserter(Candidates),
                 [](OverloadCandidate &Cand) { return &Cand; });

  // [CUDA] HD->H or HD->D calls are technically not allowed by CUDA
  // but accepted by both clang and NVCC. However during a particular
  // compilation mode only one call variant is viable. We need to
  // exclude non-viable overload candidates from consideration based
  // only on their host/device attributes. Specifically, if one
  // candidate call is WrongSide and the other is SameSide, we ignore
  // the WrongSide candidate.
  if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
    const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext);
    bool ContainsSameSideCandidate =
        llvm::any_of(Candidates, [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
          return Cand->Function &&
                 S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) ==
                     Sema::CFP_SameSide;
        });
    if (ContainsSameSideCandidate) {
      auto IsWrongSideCandidate = [&](OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
        return Cand->Function &&
               S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Cand->Function) ==
                   Sema::CFP_WrongSide;
      };
      Candidates.erase(std::remove_if(Candidates.begin(), Candidates.end(),
                                      IsWrongSideCandidate),
                       Candidates.end());
    }
  }

  // Find the best viable function.
  Best = end();
  for (auto *Cand : Candidates)
    if (Cand->Viable)
      if (Best == end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Cand, *Best, Loc,
                                                     UserDefinedConversion))
        Best = Cand;

  // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
  if (Best == end())
    return OR_No_Viable_Function;

  llvm::SmallVector<const NamedDecl *, 4> EquivalentCands;

  // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
  // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
  for (auto *Cand : Candidates) {
    if (Cand->Viable &&
        Cand != Best &&
        !isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *Best, *Cand, Loc,
                                   UserDefinedConversion)) {
      if (S.isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(Best->Function,
                                                   Cand->Function)) {
        EquivalentCands.push_back(Cand->Function);
        continue;
      }

      Best = end();
      return OR_Ambiguous;
    }
  }

  // Best is the best viable function.
  if (Best->Function &&
      (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
       S.isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(Best->Function)))
    return OR_Deleted;

  if (!EquivalentCands.empty())
    S.diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(Loc, Best->Function,
                                                    EquivalentCands);

  return OR_Success;
}

namespace {

enum OverloadCandidateKind {
  oc_function,
  oc_method,
  oc_constructor,
  oc_function_template,
  oc_method_template,
  oc_constructor_template,
  oc_implicit_default_constructor,
  oc_implicit_copy_constructor,
  oc_implicit_move_constructor,
  oc_implicit_copy_assignment,
  oc_implicit_move_assignment,
  oc_inherited_constructor,
  oc_inherited_constructor_template
};

OverloadCandidateKind ClassifyOverloadCandidate(Sema &S,
                                                NamedDecl *Found,
                                                FunctionDecl *Fn,
                                                std::string &Description) {
  bool isTemplate = false;

  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Fn->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
    isTemplate = true;
    Description = S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
      FunTmpl->getTemplateParameters(), *Fn->getTemplateSpecializationArgs());
  }

  if (CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
    if (!Ctor->isImplicit()) {
      if (isa<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Found))
        return isTemplate ? oc_inherited_constructor_template
                          : oc_inherited_constructor;
      else
        return isTemplate ? oc_constructor_template : oc_constructor;
    }

    if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
      return oc_implicit_default_constructor;

    if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
      return oc_implicit_move_constructor;

    assert(Ctor->isCopyConstructor() &&
           "unexpected sort of implicit constructor");
    return oc_implicit_copy_constructor;
  }

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
    // This actually gets spelled 'candidate function' for now, but
    // it doesn't hurt to split it out.
    if (!Meth->isImplicit())
      return isTemplate ? oc_method_template : oc_method;

    if (Meth->isMoveAssignmentOperator())
      return oc_implicit_move_assignment;

    if (Meth->isCopyAssignmentOperator())
      return oc_implicit_copy_assignment;

    assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Meth) && "expected conversion");
    return oc_method;
  }

  return isTemplate ? oc_function_template : oc_function;
}

void MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(Sema &S, Decl *FoundDecl) {
  // FIXME: It'd be nice to only emit a note once per using-decl per overload
  // set.
  if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl))
    S.Diag(FoundDecl->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_inherited_constructor)
      << Shadow->getNominatedBaseClass();
}

} // end anonymous namespace

static bool isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(const ASTContext &Ctx,
                                    const FunctionDecl *FD) {
  for (auto *EnableIf : FD->specific_attrs<EnableIfAttr>()) {
    bool AlwaysTrue;
    if (!EnableIf->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(AlwaysTrue, Ctx))
      return false;
    if (!AlwaysTrue)
      return false;
  }
  return true;
}

/// \brief Returns true if we can take the address of the function.
///
/// \param Complain - If true, we'll emit a diagnostic
/// \param InOverloadResolution - For the purposes of emitting a diagnostic, are
///   we in overload resolution?
/// \param Loc - The location of the statement we're complaining about. Ignored
///   if we're not complaining, or if we're in overload resolution.
static bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD,
                                              bool Complain,
                                              bool InOverloadResolution,
                                              SourceLocation Loc) {
  if (!isFunctionAlwaysEnabled(S.Context, FD)) {
    if (Complain) {
      if (InOverloadResolution)
        S.Diag(FD->getLocStart(),
               diag::note_addrof_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr);
      else
        S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_addrof_function_disabled_by_enable_if_attr) << FD;
    }
    return false;
  }

  auto I = llvm::find_if(
      FD->parameters(), std::mem_fn(&ParmVarDecl::hasAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>));
  if (I == FD->param_end())
    return true;

  if (Complain) {
    // Add one to ParamNo because it's user-facing
    unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), I) + 1;
    if (InOverloadResolution)
      S.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
             diag::note_ovl_candidate_has_pass_object_size_params)
          << ParamNo;
    else
      S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_of_function_with_pass_object_size_params)
          << FD << ParamNo;
  }
  return false;
}

static bool checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(Sema &S,
                                               const FunctionDecl *FD) {
  return checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(S, FD, /*Complain=*/true,
                                           /*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
                                           /*Loc=*/SourceLocation());
}

bool Sema::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
                                             bool Complain,
                                             SourceLocation Loc) {
  return ::checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(*this, Function, Complain,
                                             /*InOverloadResolution=*/false,
                                             Loc);
}

// Notes the location of an overload candidate.
void Sema::NoteOverloadCandidate(NamedDecl *Found, FunctionDecl *Fn,
                                 QualType DestType, bool TakingAddress) {
  if (TakingAddress && !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(*this, Fn))
    return;

  std::string FnDesc;
  OverloadCandidateKind K = ClassifyOverloadCandidate(*this, Found, Fn, FnDesc);
  PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
                             << (unsigned) K << FnDesc;

  HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PD, Fn->getType(), DestType);
  Diag(Fn->getLocation(), PD);
  MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(*this, Found);
}

// Notes the location of all overload candidates designated through
// OverloadedExpr
void Sema::NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *OverloadedExpr, QualType DestType,
                                     bool TakingAddress) {
  assert(OverloadedExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);

  OverloadExpr::FindResult Ovl = OverloadExpr::find(OverloadedExpr);
  OverloadExpr *OvlExpr = Ovl.Expression;

  for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
                            IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end();
       I != IEnd; ++I) {
    if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl =
                dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) {
      NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(), DestType,
                            TakingAddress);
    } else if (FunctionDecl *Fun
                      = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()) ) {
      NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, DestType, TakingAddress);
    }
  }
}

/// Diagnoses an ambiguous conversion.  The partial diagnostic is the
/// "lead" diagnostic; it will be given two arguments, the source and
/// target types of the conversion.
void ImplicitConversionSequence::DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(
                                 Sema &S,
                                 SourceLocation CaretLoc,
                                 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag) const {
  S.Diag(CaretLoc, PDiag)
    << Ambiguous.getFromType() << Ambiguous.getToType();
  // FIXME: The note limiting machinery is borrowed from
  // OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates; there's an opportunity for
  // refactoring here.
  const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads();
  unsigned CandsShown = 0;
  AmbiguousConversionSequence::const_iterator I, E;
  for (I = Ambiguous.begin(), E = Ambiguous.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best)
      break;
    ++CandsShown;
    S.NoteOverloadCandidate(I->first, I->second);
  }
  if (I != E)
    S.Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I);
}

static void DiagnoseBadConversion(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                                  unsigned I, bool TakingCandidateAddress) {
  const ImplicitConversionSequence &Conv = Cand->Conversions[I];
  assert(Conv.isBad());
  assert(Cand->Function && "for now, candidate must be a function");
  FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;

  // There's a conversion slot for the object argument if this is a
  // non-constructor method.  Note that 'I' corresponds the
  // conversion-slot index.
  bool isObjectArgument = false;
  if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn) && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Fn)) {
    if (I == 0)
      isObjectArgument = true;
    else
      I--;
  }

  std::string FnDesc;
  OverloadCandidateKind FnKind =
      ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, FnDesc);

  Expr *FromExpr = Conv.Bad.FromExpr;
  QualType FromTy = Conv.Bad.getFromType();
  QualType ToTy = Conv.Bad.getToType();

  if (FromTy == S.Context.OverloadTy) {
    assert(FromExpr && "overload set argument came from implicit argument?");
    Expr *E = FromExpr->IgnoreParens();
    if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E))
      E = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
    DeclarationName Name = cast<OverloadExpr>(E)->getName();

    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_overload)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
      << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
      << ToTy << Name << I+1;
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  // Do some hand-waving analysis to see if the non-viability is due
  // to a qualifier mismatch.
  CanQualType CFromTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(FromTy);
  CanQualType CToTy = S.Context.getCanonicalType(ToTy);
  if (CanQual<ReferenceType> RT = CToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    CToTy = RT->getPointeeType();
  else {
    // TODO: detect and diagnose the full richness of const mismatches.
    if (CanQual<PointerType> FromPT = CFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
      if (CanQual<PointerType> ToPT = CToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
        CFromTy = FromPT->getPointeeType();
        CToTy = ToPT->getPointeeType();
      }
  }

  if (CToTy.getUnqualifiedType() == CFromTy.getUnqualifiedType() &&
      !CToTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(CFromTy)) {
    Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
    Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();

    if (FromQs.getAddressSpace() != ToQs.getAddressSpace()) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_addrspace)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy
        << FromQs.getAddressSpace() << ToQs.getAddressSpace()
        << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
      MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
      return;
    }

    if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_ownership)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy
        << FromQs.getObjCLifetime() << ToQs.getObjCLifetime()
        << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
      MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
      return;
    }

    if (FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() != ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_gc)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
      << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
      << FromTy
      << FromQs.getObjCGCAttr() << ToQs.getObjCGCAttr()
      << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
      MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
      return;
    }

    if (FromQs.hasUnaligned() != ToQs.hasUnaligned()) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_unaligned)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy << FromQs.hasUnaligned() << I+1;
      MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
      return;
    }

    unsigned CVR = FromQs.getCVRQualifiers() & ~ToQs.getCVRQualifiers();
    assert(CVR && "unexpected qualifiers mismatch");

    if (isObjectArgument) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr_this)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy << (CVR - 1);
    } else {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_cvr)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy << (CVR - 1) << I+1;
    }
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  // Special diagnostic for failure to convert an initializer list, since
  // telling the user that it has type void is not useful.
  if (FromExpr && isa<InitListExpr>(FromExpr)) {
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_list_argument)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
      << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
      << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  // Diagnose references or pointers to incomplete types differently,
  // since it's far from impossible that the incompleteness triggered
  // the failure.
  QualType TempFromTy = FromTy.getNonReferenceType();
  if (const PointerType *PTy = TempFromTy->getAs<PointerType>())
    TempFromTy = PTy->getPointeeType();
  if (TempFromTy->isIncompleteType()) {
    // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it.
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv_incomplete)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
      << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
      << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1
      << (unsigned) (Cand->Fix.Kind);

    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  // Diagnose base -> derived pointer conversions.
  unsigned BaseToDerivedConversion = 0;
  if (const PointerType *FromPtrTy = FromTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    if (const PointerType *ToPtrTy = ToTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
                                               FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) &&
          !FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
          !ToPtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
          S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToPtrTy->getPointeeType(),
                          FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()))
        BaseToDerivedConversion = 1;
    }
  } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrTy
                                    = FromTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrTy
                                        = ToTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
      if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *FromIface = FromPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl())
        if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ToIface = ToPtrTy->getInterfaceDecl())
          if (ToPtrTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(
                                                FromPtrTy->getPointeeType()) &&
              FromIface->isSuperClassOf(ToIface))
            BaseToDerivedConversion = 2;
  } else if (const ReferenceType *ToRefTy = ToTy->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
    if (ToRefTy->getPointeeType().isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromTy) &&
        !FromTy->isIncompleteType() &&
        !ToRefTy->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() &&
        S.IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation(), ToRefTy->getPointeeType(), FromTy)) {
      BaseToDerivedConversion = 3;
    } else if (ToTy->isLValueReferenceType() && !FromExpr->isLValue() &&
               ToTy.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType() ==
               FromTy.getNonReferenceType().getCanonicalType()) {
      S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_lvalue)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I + 1;
      MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
      return;
    }
  }

  if (BaseToDerivedConversion) {
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_base_to_derived_conv)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
      << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
      << (BaseToDerivedConversion - 1)
      << FromTy << ToTy << I+1;
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CFromTy) &&
      isa<PointerType>(CToTy)) {
      Qualifiers FromQs = CFromTy.getQualifiers();
      Qualifiers ToQs = CToTy.getQualifiers();
      if (FromQs.getObjCLifetime() != ToQs.getObjCLifetime()) {
        S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_arc_conv)
        << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
        << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
        << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I+1;
        MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
        return;
      }
  }

  if (TakingCandidateAddress &&
      !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function))
    return;

  // Emit the generic diagnostic and, optionally, add the hints to it.
  PartialDiagnostic FDiag = S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_conv);
  FDiag << (unsigned) FnKind << FnDesc
    << (FromExpr ? FromExpr->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
    << FromTy << ToTy << (unsigned) isObjectArgument << I + 1
    << (unsigned) (Cand->Fix.Kind);

  // If we can fix the conversion, suggest the FixIts.
  for (std::vector<FixItHint>::iterator HI = Cand->Fix.Hints.begin(),
       HE = Cand->Fix.Hints.end(); HI != HE; ++HI)
    FDiag << *HI;
  S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), FDiag);

  MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
}

/// Additional arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload
/// candidates. This is not covered by the more general DiagnoseArityMismatch()
/// over a candidate in any candidate set.
static bool CheckArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                               unsigned NumArgs) {
  FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;
  unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();

  // With invalid overloaded operators, it's possible that we think we
  // have an arity mismatch when in fact it looks like we have the
  // right number of arguments, because only overloaded operators have
  // the weird behavior of overloading member and non-member functions.
  // Just don't report anything.
  if (Fn->isInvalidDecl() &&
      Fn->getDeclName().getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName)
    return true;

  if (NumArgs < MinParams) {
    assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) ||
           (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
            Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments));
  } else {
    assert((Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments) ||
           (Cand->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction &&
            Cand->DeductionFailure.Result == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments));
  }

  return false;
}

/// General arity mismatch diagnosis over a candidate in a candidate set.
static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *D,
                                  unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
  assert(isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
      "The templated declaration should at least be a function"
      " when diagnosing bad template argument deduction due to too many"
      " or too few arguments");

  FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);

  // TODO: treat calls to a missing default constructor as a special case
  const FunctionProtoType *FnTy = Fn->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  unsigned MinParams = Fn->getMinRequiredArguments();

  // at least / at most / exactly
  unsigned mode, modeCount;
  if (NumFormalArgs < MinParams) {
    if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams() || FnTy->isVariadic() ||
        FnTy->isTemplateVariadic())
      mode = 0; // "at least"
    else
      mode = 2; // "exactly"
    modeCount = MinParams;
  } else {
    if (MinParams != FnTy->getNumParams())
      mode = 1; // "at most"
    else
      mode = 2; // "exactly"
    modeCount = FnTy->getNumParams();
  }

  std::string Description;
  OverloadCandidateKind FnKind =
      ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Found, Fn, Description);

  if (modeCount == 1 && Fn->getParamDecl(0)->getDeclName())
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity_one)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << (Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() != nullptr)
      << mode << Fn->getParamDecl(0) << NumFormalArgs;
  else
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_arity)
      << (unsigned) FnKind << (Fn->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() != nullptr)
      << mode << modeCount << NumFormalArgs;
  MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
}

/// Arity mismatch diagnosis specific to a function overload candidate.
static void DiagnoseArityMismatch(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                                  unsigned NumFormalArgs) {
  if (!CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumFormalArgs))
    DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, NumFormalArgs);
}

static TemplateDecl *getDescribedTemplate(Decl *Templated) {
  if (TemplateDecl *TD = Templated->getDescribedTemplate())
    return TD;
  llvm_unreachable("Unsupported: Getting the described template declaration"
                   " for bad deduction diagnosis");
}

/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction.
static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, NamedDecl *Found, Decl *Templated,
                                 DeductionFailureInfo &DeductionFailure,
                                 unsigned NumArgs,
                                 bool TakingCandidateAddress) {
  TemplateParameter Param = DeductionFailure.getTemplateParameter();
  NamedDecl *ParamD;
  (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl*>()) ||
  (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl*>()) ||
  (ParamD = Param.dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl*>());
  switch (DeductionFailure.Result) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
    llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");

  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete: {
    assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for incomplete deduction result");
    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_incomplete_deduction)
        << ParamD->getDeclName();
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified: {
    assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for bad qualifiers deduction result");
    TemplateTypeParmDecl *TParam = cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD);

    QualType Param = DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()->getAsType();

    // Param will have been canonicalized, but it should just be a
    // qualified version of ParamD, so move the qualifiers to that.
    QualifierCollector Qs;
    Qs.strip(Param);
    QualType NonCanonParam = Qs.apply(S.Context, TParam->getTypeForDecl());
    assert(S.Context.hasSameType(Param, NonCanonParam));

    // Arg has also been canonicalized, but there's nothing we can do
    // about that.  It also doesn't matter as much, because it won't
    // have any template parameters in it (because deduction isn't
    // done on dependent types).
    QualType Arg = DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()->getAsType();

    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_underqualified)
        << ParamD->getDeclName() << Arg << NonCanonParam;
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent: {
    assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for inconsistent deduction result");
    int which = 0;
    if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
      which = 0;
    else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
      which = 1;
    else {
      which = 2;
    }

    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_inconsistent_deduction)
        << which << ParamD->getDeclName() << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg()
        << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg();
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
    assert(ParamD && "no parameter found for invalid explicit arguments");
    if (ParamD->getDeclName())
      S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
             diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_named)
          << ParamD->getDeclName();
    else {
      int index = 0;
      if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(ParamD))
        index = TTP->getIndex();
      else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
                                  = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD))
        index = NTTP->getIndex();
      else
        index = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(ParamD)->getIndex();
      S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
             diag::note_ovl_candidate_explicit_arg_mismatch_unnamed)
          << (index + 1);
    }
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;

  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
    DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Found, Templated, NumArgs);
    return;

  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_instantiation_depth);
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;

  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure: {
    // Format the template argument list into the argument string.
    SmallString<128> TemplateArgString;
    if (TemplateArgumentList *Args =
            DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) {
      TemplateArgString = " ";
      TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
          getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args);
    }

    // If this candidate was disabled by enable_if, say so.
    PartialDiagnosticAt *PDiag = DeductionFailure.getSFINAEDiagnostic();
    if (PDiag && PDiag->second.getDiagID() ==
          diag::err_typename_nested_not_found_enable_if) {
      // FIXME: Use the source range of the condition, and the fully-qualified
      //        name of the enable_if template. These are both present in PDiag.
      S.Diag(PDiag->first, diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if)
        << "'enable_if'" << TemplateArgString;
      return;
    }

    // Format the SFINAE diagnostic into the argument string.
    // FIXME: Add a general mechanism to include a PartialDiagnostic *'s
    //        formatted message in another diagnostic.
    SmallString<128> SFINAEArgString;
    SourceRange R;
    if (PDiag) {
      SFINAEArgString = ": ";
      R = SourceRange(PDiag->first, PDiag->first);
      PDiag->second.EmitToString(S.getDiagnostics(), SFINAEArgString);
    }

    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_substitution_failure)
        << TemplateArgString << SFINAEArgString << R;
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution: {
    OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(DeductionFailure.getExpr());
    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_failed_overload_resolution)
        << R.Expression->getName();
    return;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch: {
    // Format the template argument list into the argument string.
    SmallString<128> TemplateArgString;
    if (TemplateArgumentList *Args =
            DeductionFailure.getTemplateArgumentList()) {
      TemplateArgString = " ";
      TemplateArgString += S.getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(
          getDescribedTemplate(Templated)->getTemplateParameters(), *Args);
    }

    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deduced_mismatch)
        << (*DeductionFailure.getCallArgIndex() + 1)
        << *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg() << *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg()
        << TemplateArgString;
    break;
  }

  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch: {
    // FIXME: Provide a source location to indicate what we couldn't match.
    TemplateArgument FirstTA = *DeductionFailure.getFirstArg();
    TemplateArgument SecondTA = *DeductionFailure.getSecondArg();
    if (FirstTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template &&
        SecondTA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Template) {
      TemplateName FirstTN = FirstTA.getAsTemplate();
      TemplateName SecondTN = SecondTA.getAsTemplate();
      if (FirstTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template &&
          SecondTN.getKind() == TemplateName::Template) {
        if (FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName() ==
            SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl()->getName()) {
          // FIXME: This fixes a bad diagnostic where both templates are named
          // the same.  This particular case is a bit difficult since:
          // 1) It is passed as a string to the diagnostic printer.
          // 2) The diagnostic printer only attempts to find a better
          //    name for types, not decls.
          // Ideally, this should folded into the diagnostic printer.
          S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
                 diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch_qualified)
              << FirstTN.getAsTemplateDecl() << SecondTN.getAsTemplateDecl();
          return;
        }
      }
    }

    if (TakingCandidateAddress && isa<FunctionDecl>(Templated) &&
        !checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, cast<FunctionDecl>(Templated)))
      return;

    // FIXME: For generic lambda parameters, check if the function is a lambda
    // call operator, and if so, emit a prettier and more informative
    // diagnostic that mentions 'auto' and lambda in addition to
    // (or instead of?) the canonical template type parameters.
    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_non_deduced_mismatch)
        << FirstTA << SecondTA;
    return;
  }
  // TODO: diagnose these individually, then kill off
  // note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction, which is uselessly vague.
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    S.Diag(Templated->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_deduction);
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Found);
    return;
  }
}

/// Diagnose a failed template-argument deduction, for function calls.
static void DiagnoseBadDeduction(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                                 unsigned NumArgs,
                                 bool TakingCandidateAddress) {
  unsigned TDK = Cand->DeductionFailure.Result;
  if (TDK == Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments || TDK == Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments) {
    if (CheckArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs))
      return;
  }
  DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Cand->Function, // pattern
                       Cand->DeductionFailure, NumArgs, TakingCandidateAddress);
}

/// CUDA: diagnose an invalid call across targets.
static void DiagnoseBadTarget(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  FunctionDecl *Caller = cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext);
  FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function;

  Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
                           CalleeTarget = S.IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee);

  std::string FnDesc;
  OverloadCandidateKind FnKind =
      ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Callee, FnDesc);

  S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_bad_target)
      << (unsigned)FnKind << CalleeTarget << CallerTarget;

  // This could be an implicit constructor for which we could not infer the
  // target due to a collsion. Diagnose that case.
  CXXMethodDecl *Meth = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Callee);
  if (Meth != nullptr && Meth->isImplicit()) {
    CXXRecordDecl *ParentClass = Meth->getParent();
    Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM;

    switch (FnKind) {
    default:
      return;
    case oc_implicit_default_constructor:
      CSM = Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
      break;
    case oc_implicit_copy_constructor:
      CSM = Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
      break;
    case oc_implicit_move_constructor:
      CSM = Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
      break;
    case oc_implicit_copy_assignment:
      CSM = Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
      break;
    case oc_implicit_move_assignment:
      CSM = Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
      break;
    };

    bool ConstRHS = false;
    if (Meth->getNumParams()) {
      if (const ReferenceType *RT =
              Meth->getParamDecl(0)->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
        ConstRHS = RT->getPointeeType().isConstQualified();
      }
    }

    S.inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(ParentClass, CSM, Meth,
                                              /* ConstRHS */ ConstRHS,
                                              /* Diagnose */ true);
  }
}

static void DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  FunctionDecl *Callee = Cand->Function;
  EnableIfAttr *Attr = static_cast<EnableIfAttr*>(Cand->DeductionFailure.Data);

  S.Diag(Callee->getLocation(),
         diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr)
      << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
}

/// Generates a 'note' diagnostic for an overload candidate.  We've
/// already generated a primary error at the call site.
///
/// It really does need to be a single diagnostic with its caret
/// pointed at the candidate declaration.  Yes, this creates some
/// major challenges of technical writing.  Yes, this makes pointing
/// out problems with specific arguments quite awkward.  It's still
/// better than generating twenty screens of text for every failed
/// overload.
///
/// It would be great to be able to express per-candidate problems
/// more richly for those diagnostic clients that cared, but we'd
/// still have to be just as careful with the default diagnostics.
static void NoteFunctionCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                                  unsigned NumArgs,
                                  bool TakingCandidateAddress) {
  FunctionDecl *Fn = Cand->Function;

  // Note deleted candidates, but only if they're viable.
  if (Cand->Viable && (Fn->isDeleted() ||
      S.isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(Fn))) {
    std::string FnDesc;
    OverloadCandidateKind FnKind =
        ClassifyOverloadCandidate(S, Cand->FoundDecl, Fn, FnDesc);

    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_deleted)
      << FnKind << FnDesc
      << (Fn->isDeleted() ? (Fn->isDeletedAsWritten() ? 1 : 2) : 0);
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  // We don't really have anything else to say about viable candidates.
  if (Cand->Viable) {
    S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn);
    return;
  }

  switch (Cand->FailureKind) {
  case ovl_fail_too_many_arguments:
  case ovl_fail_too_few_arguments:
    return DiagnoseArityMismatch(S, Cand, NumArgs);

  case ovl_fail_bad_deduction:
    return DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, Cand, NumArgs,
                                TakingCandidateAddress);

  case ovl_fail_illegal_constructor: {
    S.Diag(Fn->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_candidate_illegal_constructor)
      << (Fn->getPrimaryTemplate() ? 1 : 0);
    MaybeEmitInheritedConstructorNote(S, Cand->FoundDecl);
    return;
  }

  case ovl_fail_trivial_conversion:
  case ovl_fail_bad_final_conversion:
  case ovl_fail_final_conversion_not_exact:
    return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn);

  case ovl_fail_bad_conversion: {
    unsigned I = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
    for (unsigned N = Cand->NumConversions; I != N; ++I)
      if (Cand->Conversions[I].isBad())
        return DiagnoseBadConversion(S, Cand, I, TakingCandidateAddress);

    // FIXME: this currently happens when we're called from SemaInit
    // when user-conversion overload fails.  Figure out how to handle
    // those conditions and diagnose them well.
    return S.NoteOverloadCandidate(Cand->FoundDecl, Fn);
  }

  case ovl_fail_bad_target:
    return DiagnoseBadTarget(S, Cand);

  case ovl_fail_enable_if:
    return DiagnoseFailedEnableIfAttr(S, Cand);

  case ovl_fail_addr_not_available: {
    bool Available = checkAddressOfCandidateIsAvailable(S, Cand->Function);
    (void)Available;
    assert(!Available);
    break;
  }
  }
}

static void NoteSurrogateCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
  // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
  // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
  QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
  bool isLValueReference = false;
  bool isRValueReference = false;
  bool isPointer = false;
  if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
        FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
    FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
    isLValueReference = true;
  } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
               FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
    FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
    isRValueReference = true;
  }
  if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
    isPointer = true;
  }
  // Desugar down to a function type.
  FnType = QualType(FnType->getAs<FunctionType>(), 0);
  // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
  if (isPointer) FnType = S.Context.getPointerType(FnType);
  if (isRValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
  if (isLValueReference) FnType = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);

  S.Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::note_ovl_surrogate_cand)
    << FnType;
}

static void NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(Sema &S, StringRef Opc,
                                         SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                         OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  assert(Cand->NumConversions <= 2 && "builtin operator is not binary");
  std::string TypeStr("operator");
  TypeStr += Opc;
  TypeStr += "(";
  TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0].getAsString();
  if (Cand->NumConversions == 1) {
    TypeStr += ")";
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_unary_candidate) << TypeStr;
  } else {
    TypeStr += ", ";
    TypeStr += Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1].getAsString();
    TypeStr += ")";
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_builtin_binary_candidate) << TypeStr;
  }
}

static void NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                         OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  unsigned NoOperands = Cand->NumConversions;
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NoOperands; ++ArgIdx) {
    const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS = Cand->Conversions[ArgIdx];
    if (ICS.isBad()) break; // all meaningless after first invalid
    if (!ICS.isAmbiguous()) continue;

    ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(
        S, OpLoc, S.PDiag(diag::note_ambiguous_type_conversion));
  }
}

static SourceLocation GetLocationForCandidate(const OverloadCandidate *Cand) {
  if (Cand->Function)
    return Cand->Function->getLocation();
  if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
    return Cand->Surrogate->getLocation();
  return SourceLocation();
}

static unsigned RankDeductionFailure(const DeductionFailureInfo &DFI) {
  switch ((Sema::TemplateDeductionResult)DFI.Result) {
  case Sema::TDK_Success:
    llvm_unreachable("TDK_success while diagnosing bad deduction");

  case Sema::TDK_Invalid:
  case Sema::TDK_Incomplete:
    return 1;

  case Sema::TDK_Underqualified:
  case Sema::TDK_Inconsistent:
    return 2;

  case Sema::TDK_SubstitutionFailure:
  case Sema::TDK_DeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_NonDeducedMismatch:
  case Sema::TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure:
    return 3;

  case Sema::TDK_InstantiationDepth:
  case Sema::TDK_FailedOverloadResolution:
    return 4;

  case Sema::TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments:
    return 5;

  case Sema::TDK_TooManyArguments:
  case Sema::TDK_TooFewArguments:
    return 6;
  }
  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled deduction result");
}

namespace {
struct CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay {
  Sema &S;
  SourceLocation Loc;
  size_t NumArgs;

  CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, size_t nArgs)
      : S(S), NumArgs(nArgs) {}

  bool operator()(const OverloadCandidate *L,
                  const OverloadCandidate *R) {
    // Fast-path this check.
    if (L == R) return false;

    // Order first by viability.
    if (L->Viable) {
      if (!R->Viable) return true;

      // TODO: introduce a tri-valued comparison for overload
      // candidates.  Would be more worthwhile if we had a sort
      // that could exploit it.
      if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *L, *R, SourceLocation())) return true;
      if (isBetterOverloadCandidate(S, *R, *L, SourceLocation())) return false;
    } else if (R->Viable)
      return false;

    assert(L->Viable == R->Viable);

    // Criteria by which we can sort non-viable candidates:
    if (!L->Viable) {
      // 1. Arity mismatches come after other candidates.
      if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
          L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) {
        if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
            R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments) {
          int LDist = std::abs((int)L->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs);
          int RDist = std::abs((int)R->getNumParams() - (int)NumArgs);
          if (LDist == RDist) {
            if (L->FailureKind == R->FailureKind)
              // Sort non-surrogates before surrogates.
              return !L->IsSurrogate && R->IsSurrogate;
            // Sort candidates requiring fewer parameters than there were
            // arguments given after candidates requiring more parameters
            // than there were arguments given.
            return L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments;
          }
          return LDist < RDist;
        }
        return false;
      }
      if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_many_arguments ||
          R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_too_few_arguments)
        return true;

      // 2. Bad conversions come first and are ordered by the number
      // of bad conversions and quality of good conversions.
      if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion) {
        if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
          return true;

        // The conversion that can be fixed with a smaller number of changes,
        // comes first.
        unsigned numLFixes = L->Fix.NumConversionsFixed;
        unsigned numRFixes = R->Fix.NumConversionsFixed;
        numLFixes = (numLFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX : numLFixes;
        numRFixes = (numRFixes == 0) ? UINT_MAX : numRFixes;
        if (numLFixes != numRFixes) {
          return numLFixes < numRFixes;
        }

        // If there's any ordering between the defined conversions...
        // FIXME: this might not be transitive.
        assert(L->NumConversions == R->NumConversions);

        int leftBetter = 0;
        unsigned I = (L->IgnoreObjectArgument || R->IgnoreObjectArgument);
        for (unsigned E = L->NumConversions; I != E; ++I) {
          switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(S, Loc,
                                                     L->Conversions[I],
                                                     R->Conversions[I])) {
          case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
            leftBetter++;
            break;

          case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
            leftBetter--;
            break;

          case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
            break;
          }
        }
        if (leftBetter > 0) return true;
        if (leftBetter < 0) return false;

      } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_conversion)
        return false;

      if (L->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction) {
        if (R->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_deduction)
          return true;

        if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result)
          return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure)
               < RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure);
      } else if (R->FailureKind == ovl_fail_bad_deduction)
        return false;

      // TODO: others?
    }

    // Sort everything else by location.
    SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
    SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);

    // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
    if (LLoc.isInvalid()) return false;
    if (RLoc.isInvalid()) return true;

    return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
  }
};
}

/// CompleteNonViableCandidate - Normally, overload resolution only
/// computes up to the first. Produces the FixIt set if possible.
static void CompleteNonViableCandidate(Sema &S, OverloadCandidate *Cand,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
  assert(!Cand->Viable);

  // Don't do anything on failures other than bad conversion.
  if (Cand->FailureKind != ovl_fail_bad_conversion) return;

  // We only want the FixIts if all the arguments can be corrected.
  bool Unfixable = false;
  // Use a implicit copy initialization to check conversion fixes.
  Cand->Fix.setConversionChecker(TryCopyInitialization);

  // Skip forward to the first bad conversion.
  unsigned ConvIdx = (Cand->IgnoreObjectArgument ? 1 : 0);
  unsigned ConvCount = Cand->NumConversions;
  while (true) {
    assert(ConvIdx != ConvCount && "no bad conversion in candidate");
    ConvIdx++;
    if (Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx - 1].isBad()) {
      Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx - 1, S);
      break;
    }
  }

  if (ConvIdx == ConvCount)
    return;

  assert(!Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isInitialized() &&
         "remaining conversion is initialized?");

  // FIXME: this should probably be preserved from the overload
  // operation somehow.
  bool SuppressUserConversions = false;

  const FunctionProtoType* Proto;
  unsigned ArgIdx = ConvIdx;

  if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
    QualType ConvType
      = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
    if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
      ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
    Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    ArgIdx--;
  } else if (Cand->Function) {
    Proto = Cand->Function->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Cand->Function) &&
        !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Cand->Function))
      ArgIdx--;
  } else {
    // Builtin binary operator with a bad first conversion.
    assert(ConvCount <= 3);
    for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx)
      Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx]
        = TryCopyInitialization(S, Args[ConvIdx],
                                Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ConvIdx],
                                SuppressUserConversions,
                                /*InOverloadResolution*/ true,
                                /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
                                  S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
    return;
  }

  // Fill in the rest of the conversions.
  unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();
  for (; ConvIdx != ConvCount; ++ConvIdx, ++ArgIdx) {
    if (ArgIdx < NumParams) {
      Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx] = TryCopyInitialization(
          S, Args[ArgIdx], Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx), SuppressUserConversions,
          /*InOverloadResolution=*/true,
          /*AllowObjCWritebackConversion=*/
          S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
      // Store the FixIt in the candidate if it exists.
      if (!Unfixable && Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].isBad())
        Unfixable = !Cand->TryToFixBadConversion(ConvIdx, S);
    }
    else
      Cand->Conversions[ConvIdx].setEllipsis();
  }
}

/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
/// set.
void OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S,
                                          OverloadCandidateDisplayKind OCD,
                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                          StringRef Opc,
                                          SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  // Sort the candidates by viability and position.  Sorting directly would
  // be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers and sort those.
  SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
  if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) Cands.reserve(size());
  for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
    if (Cand->Viable)
      Cands.push_back(Cand);
    else if (OCD == OCD_AllCandidates) {
      CompleteNonViableCandidate(S, Cand, Args);
      if (Cand->Function || Cand->IsSurrogate)
        Cands.push_back(Cand);
      // Otherwise, this a non-viable builtin candidate.  We do not, in general,
      // want to list every possible builtin candidate.
    }
  }

  std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
            CompareOverloadCandidatesForDisplay(S, OpLoc, Args.size()));

  bool ReportedAmbiguousConversions = false;

  SmallVectorImpl<OverloadCandidate*>::iterator I, E;
  const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads();
  unsigned CandsShown = 0;
  for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    OverloadCandidate *Cand = *I;

    // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidate functions we'll spam
    // the user with.  FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the
    // candidate list.
    if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best) {
      break;
    }
    ++CandsShown;

    if (Cand->Function)
      NoteFunctionCandidate(S, Cand, Args.size(),
                            /*TakingCandidateAddress=*/false);
    else if (Cand->IsSurrogate)
      NoteSurrogateCandidate(S, Cand);
    else {
      assert(Cand->Viable &&
             "Non-viable built-in candidates are not added to Cands.");
      // Generally we only see ambiguities including viable builtin
      // operators if overload resolution got screwed up by an
      // ambiguous user-defined conversion.
      //
      // FIXME: It's quite possible for different conversions to see
      // different ambiguities, though.
      if (!ReportedAmbiguousConversions) {
        NoteAmbiguousUserConversions(S, OpLoc, Cand);
        ReportedAmbiguousConversions = true;
      }

      // If this is a viable builtin, print it.
      NoteBuiltinOperatorCandidate(S, Opc, OpLoc, Cand);
    }
  }

  if (I != E)
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I);
}

static SourceLocation
GetLocationForCandidate(const TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand) {
  return Cand->Specialization ? Cand->Specialization->getLocation()
                              : SourceLocation();
}

namespace {
struct CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay {
  Sema &S;
  CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(Sema &S) : S(S) {}

  bool operator()(const TemplateSpecCandidate *L,
                  const TemplateSpecCandidate *R) {
    // Fast-path this check.
    if (L == R)
      return false;

    // Assuming that both candidates are not matches...

    // Sort by the ranking of deduction failures.
    if (L->DeductionFailure.Result != R->DeductionFailure.Result)
      return RankDeductionFailure(L->DeductionFailure) <
             RankDeductionFailure(R->DeductionFailure);

    // Sort everything else by location.
    SourceLocation LLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(L);
    SourceLocation RLoc = GetLocationForCandidate(R);

    // Put candidates without locations (e.g. builtins) at the end.
    if (LLoc.isInvalid())
      return false;
    if (RLoc.isInvalid())
      return true;

    return S.SourceMgr.isBeforeInTranslationUnit(LLoc, RLoc);
  }
};
}

/// Diagnose a template argument deduction failure.
/// We are treating these failures as overload failures due to bad
/// deductions.
void TemplateSpecCandidate::NoteDeductionFailure(Sema &S,
                                                 bool ForTakingAddress) {
  DiagnoseBadDeduction(S, FoundDecl, Specialization, // pattern
                       DeductionFailure, /*NumArgs=*/0, ForTakingAddress);
}

void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::destroyCandidates() {
  for (iterator i = begin(), e = end(); i != e; ++i) {
    i->DeductionFailure.Destroy();
  }
}

void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::clear() {
  destroyCandidates();
  Candidates.clear();
}

/// NoteCandidates - When no template specialization match is found, prints
/// diagnostic messages containing the non-matching specializations that form
/// the candidate set.
/// This is analoguous to OverloadCandidateSet::NoteCandidates() with
/// OCD == OCD_AllCandidates and Cand->Viable == false.
void TemplateSpecCandidateSet::NoteCandidates(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
  // Sort the candidates by position (assuming no candidate is a match).
  // Sorting directly would be prohibitive, so we make a set of pointers
  // and sort those.
  SmallVector<TemplateSpecCandidate *, 32> Cands;
  Cands.reserve(size());
  for (iterator Cand = begin(), LastCand = end(); Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
    if (Cand->Specialization)
      Cands.push_back(Cand);
    // Otherwise, this is a non-matching builtin candidate.  We do not,
    // in general, want to list every possible builtin candidate.
  }

  std::sort(Cands.begin(), Cands.end(),
            CompareTemplateSpecCandidatesForDisplay(S));

  // FIXME: Perhaps rename OverloadsShown and getShowOverloads()
  // for generalization purposes (?).
  const OverloadsShown ShowOverloads = S.Diags.getShowOverloads();

  SmallVectorImpl<TemplateSpecCandidate *>::iterator I, E;
  unsigned CandsShown = 0;
  for (I = Cands.begin(), E = Cands.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    TemplateSpecCandidate *Cand = *I;

    // Set an arbitrary limit on the number of candidates we'll spam
    // the user with.  FIXME: This limit should depend on details of the
    // candidate list.
    if (CandsShown >= 4 && ShowOverloads == Ovl_Best)
      break;
    ++CandsShown;

    assert(Cand->Specialization &&
           "Non-matching built-in candidates are not added to Cands.");
    Cand->NoteDeductionFailure(S, ForTakingAddress);
  }

  if (I != E)
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_ovl_too_many_candidates) << int(E - I);
}

// [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
// NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
// R (A) --> R(A)
// R (*)(A) --> R (A)
// R (&)(A) --> R (A)
// R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
QualType Sema::ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType) {
  QualType Ret = PossiblyAFunctionType;
  if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr =
    PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<PointerType>())
    Ret = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
  else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef =
    PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    Ret = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
  else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
    PossiblyAFunctionType->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
    Ret = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
  Ret =
    Context.getCanonicalType(Ret).getUnqualifiedType();
  return Ret;
}

namespace {
// A helper class to help with address of function resolution
// - allows us to avoid passing around all those ugly parameters
class AddressOfFunctionResolver {
  Sema& S;
  Expr* SourceExpr;
  const QualType& TargetType;
  QualType TargetFunctionType; // Extracted function type from target type

  bool Complain;
  //DeclAccessPair& ResultFunctionAccessPair;
  ASTContext& Context;

  bool TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction;
  bool FoundNonTemplateFunction;
  bool StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer;
  bool HasComplained;

  OverloadExpr::FindResult OvlExprInfo;
  OverloadExpr *OvlExpr;
  TemplateArgumentListInfo OvlExplicitTemplateArgs;
  SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl*>, 4> Matches;
  TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates;

public:
  AddressOfFunctionResolver(Sema &S, Expr *SourceExpr,
                            const QualType &TargetType, bool Complain)
      : S(S), SourceExpr(SourceExpr), TargetType(TargetType),
        Complain(Complain), Context(S.getASTContext()),
        TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction(
            !!TargetType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()),
        FoundNonTemplateFunction(false),
        StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer(false),
        HasComplained(false),
        OvlExprInfo(OverloadExpr::find(SourceExpr)),
        OvlExpr(OvlExprInfo.Expression),
        FailedCandidates(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), /*ForTakingAddress=*/true) {
    ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType();

    if (TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType()) {
      if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *UME = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(OvlExpr))
        if (!UME->isImplicitAccess() &&
            !S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(UME))
          StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer = true;
    } else if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
      DeclAccessPair dap;
      if (FunctionDecl *Fn = S.ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
              OvlExpr, false, &dap)) {
        if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn))
          if (!Method->isStatic()) {
            // If the target type is a non-function type and the function found
            // is a non-static member function, pretend as if that was the
            // target, it's the only possible type to end up with.
            TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction = true;

            // And skip adding the function if its not in the proper form.
            // We'll diagnose this due to an empty set of functions.
            if (!OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer)
              return;
          }

        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(dap, Fn));
      }
      return;
    }

    if (OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
      OvlExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(OvlExplicitTemplateArgs);

    if (FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly()) {
      // C++ [over.over]p4:
      //   If more than one function is selected, [...]
      if (Matches.size() > 1 && !eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates()) {
        if (FoundNonTemplateFunction)
          EliminateAllTemplateMatches();
        else
          EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate();
      }
    }

    if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && Matches.size() > 1)
      EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches();
  }

  bool hasComplained() const { return HasComplained; }

private:
  bool candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
    QualType Discard;
    return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(TargetFunctionType, FD->getType()) ||
           S.IsNoReturnConversion(FD->getType(), TargetFunctionType, Discard);
  }

  /// \return true if A is considered a better overload candidate for the
  /// desired type than B.
  bool isBetterCandidate(const FunctionDecl *A, const FunctionDecl *B) {
    // If A doesn't have exactly the correct type, we don't want to classify it
    // as "better" than anything else. This way, the user is required to
    // disambiguate for us if there are multiple candidates and no exact match.
    return candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(A) &&
           (!candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(B) ||
            compareEnableIfAttrs(S, A, B) == Comparison::Better);
  }

  /// \return true if we were able to eliminate all but one overload candidate,
  /// false otherwise.
  bool eliminiateSuboptimalOverloadCandidates() {
    // Same algorithm as overload resolution -- one pass to pick the "best",
    // another pass to be sure that nothing is better than the best.
    auto Best = Matches.begin();
    for (auto I = Matches.begin()+1, E = Matches.end(); I != E; ++I)
      if (isBetterCandidate(I->second, Best->second))
        Best = I;

    const FunctionDecl *BestFn = Best->second;
    auto IsBestOrInferiorToBest = [this, BestFn](
        const std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *> &Pair) {
      return BestFn == Pair.second || isBetterCandidate(BestFn, Pair.second);
    };

    // Note: We explicitly leave Matches unmodified if there isn't a clear best
    // option, so we can potentially give the user a better error
    if (!std::all_of(Matches.begin(), Matches.end(), IsBestOrInferiorToBest))
      return false;
    Matches[0] = *Best;
    Matches.resize(1);
    return true;
  }

  bool isTargetTypeAFunction() const {
    return TargetFunctionType->isFunctionType();
  }

  // [ToType]     [Return]

  // R (*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false
  // R (&)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = false
  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A), IsNonStaticMemberFunction = true
  void inline ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionTypeFromTargetType() {
    TargetFunctionType = S.ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(TargetType);
  }

  // return true if any matching specializations were found
  bool AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplateDecl* FunctionTemplate,
                                   const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) {
    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
              = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
      // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
      // static when converting to member pointer.
      if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
        return false;
    }
    else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
      return false;

    // C++ [over.over]p2:
    //   If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
    //   done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
    //   resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
    //   function template specialization, which is added to the set of
    //   overloaded functions considered.
    FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
    TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation());
    if (Sema::TemplateDeductionResult Result
          = S.DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate,
                                      &OvlExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                      TargetFunctionType, Specialization,
                                      Info, /*InOverloadResolution=*/true)) {
      // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
      FailedCandidates.addCandidate()
          .set(CurAccessFunPair, FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(),
               MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info));
      return false;
    }

    // Template argument deduction ensures that we have an exact match or
    // compatible pointer-to-function arguments that would be adjusted by ICS.
    // This function template specicalization works.
    assert(S.isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(
              Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()),
              Context.getCanonicalType(TargetFunctionType)));

    if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(Specialization))
      return false;

    Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(CurAccessFunPair, Specialization));
    return true;
  }

  bool AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(NamedDecl* Fn,
                                      const DeclAccessPair& CurAccessFunPair) {
    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
      // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
      // when converting to member pointer.
      if (Method->isStatic() == TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
        return false;
    }
    else if (TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction)
      return false;

    if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Fn)) {
      if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
        if (FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
          if (!Caller->isImplicit() && S.CheckCUDATarget(Caller, FunDecl))
            return false;

      // If any candidate has a placeholder return type, trigger its deduction
      // now.
      if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
          FunDecl->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
          S.DeduceReturnType(FunDecl, SourceExpr->getLocStart(), Complain)) {
        HasComplained |= Complain;
        return false;
      }

      if (!S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FunDecl))
        return false;

      // If we're in C, we need to support types that aren't exactly identical.
      if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
          candidateHasExactlyCorrectType(FunDecl)) {
        Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(
            CurAccessFunPair, cast<FunctionDecl>(FunDecl->getCanonicalDecl())));
        FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
        return true;
      }
    }

    return false;
  }

  bool FindAllFunctionsThatMatchTargetTypeExactly() {
    bool Ret = false;

    // If the overload expression doesn't have the form of a pointer to
    // member, don't try to convert it to a pointer-to-member type.
    if (IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction())
      return false;

    for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
                               E = OvlExpr->decls_end();
         I != E; ++I) {
      // Look through any using declarations to find the underlying function.
      NamedDecl *Fn = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();

      // C++ [over.over]p3:
      //   Non-member functions and static member functions match
      //   targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
      //   Nonstatic member functions match targets of
      //   type "pointer-to-member-function."
      // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
      if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
                                        = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Fn)) {
        if (AddMatchingTemplateFunction(FunctionTemplate, I.getPair()))
          Ret = true;
      }
      // If we have explicit template arguments supplied, skip non-templates.
      else if (!OvlExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs() &&
               AddMatchingNonTemplateFunction(Fn, I.getPair()))
        Ret = true;
    }
    assert(Ret || Matches.empty());
    return Ret;
  }

  void EliminateAllExceptMostSpecializedTemplate() {
    //   [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
    //   eliminated if the set contains a second function template
    //   specialization whose function template is more specialized
    //   than the function template of F1 according to the partial
    //   ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.

    // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
    // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
    // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
    // best function template (if it exists).

    UnresolvedSet<4> MatchesCopy; // TODO: avoid!
    for (unsigned I = 0, E = Matches.size(); I != E; ++I)
      MatchesCopy.addDecl(Matches[I].second, Matches[I].first.getAccess());

    // TODO: It looks like FailedCandidates does not serve much purpose
    // here, since the no_viable diagnostic has index 0.
    UnresolvedSetIterator Result = S.getMostSpecialized(
        MatchesCopy.begin(), MatchesCopy.end(), FailedCandidates,
        SourceExpr->getLocStart(), S.PDiag(),
        S.PDiag(diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
          << Matches[0].second->getDeclName(),
        S.PDiag(diag::note_ovl_candidate)
          << (unsigned)oc_function_template,
        Complain, TargetFunctionType);

    if (Result != MatchesCopy.end()) {
      // Make it the first and only element
      Matches[0].first = Matches[Result - MatchesCopy.begin()].first;
      Matches[0].second = cast<FunctionDecl>(*Result);
      Matches.resize(1);
    } else
      HasComplained |= Complain;
  }

  void EliminateAllTemplateMatches() {
    //   [...] any function template specializations in the set are
    //   eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
    for (unsigned I = 0, N = Matches.size(); I != N; ) {
      if (Matches[I].second->getPrimaryTemplate() == nullptr)
        ++I;
      else {
        Matches[I] = Matches[--N];
        Matches.resize(N);
      }
    }
  }

  void EliminateSuboptimalCudaMatches() {
    S.EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext), Matches);
  }

public:
  void ComplainNoMatchesFound() const {
    assert(Matches.empty());
    S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_viable)
        << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetFunctionType
        << OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
    if (FailedCandidates.empty())
      S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType,
                                  /*TakingAddress=*/true);
    else {
      // We have some deduction failure messages. Use them to diagnose
      // the function templates, and diagnose the non-template candidates
      // normally.
      for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = OvlExpr->decls_begin(),
                                 IEnd = OvlExpr->decls_end();
           I != IEnd; ++I)
        if (FunctionDecl *Fun =
                dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
          if (!functionHasPassObjectSizeParams(Fun))
            S.NoteOverloadCandidate(*I, Fun, TargetFunctionType,
                                    /*TakingAddress=*/true);
      FailedCandidates.NoteCandidates(S, OvlExpr->getLocStart());
    }
  }

  bool IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const {
    return TargetTypeIsNonStaticMemberFunction &&
      !OvlExprInfo.HasFormOfMemberPointer;
  }

  void ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction() const {
      // TODO: Should we condition this on whether any functions might
      // have matched, or is it more appropriate to do that in callers?
      // TODO: a fixit wouldn't hurt.
      S.Diag(OvlExpr->getNameLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_no_qualifier)
        << TargetType << OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
  }

  bool IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const {
    return StaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer;
  }

  void ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer() const {
    S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(),
           diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
      << OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
  }

  void ComplainOfInvalidConversion() const {
    S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_not_func_ptrref)
      << OvlExpr->getName() << TargetType;
  }

  void ComplainMultipleMatchesFound() const {
    assert(Matches.size() > 1);
    S.Diag(OvlExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
      << OvlExpr->getName()
      << OvlExpr->getSourceRange();
    S.NoteAllOverloadCandidates(OvlExpr, TargetFunctionType,
                                /*TakingAddress=*/true);
  }

  bool hadMultipleCandidates() const { return (OvlExpr->getNumDecls() > 1); }

  int getNumMatches() const { return Matches.size(); }

  FunctionDecl* getMatchingFunctionDecl() const {
    if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr;
    return Matches[0].second;
  }

  const DeclAccessPair* getMatchingFunctionAccessPair() const {
    if (Matches.size() != 1) return nullptr;
    return &Matches[0].first;
  }
};
}

/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
///
/// @code
/// int f(double);
/// int f(int);
///
/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
/// @endcode
///
/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
FunctionDecl *
Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
                                         QualType TargetType,
                                         bool Complain,
                                         DeclAccessPair &FoundResult,
                                         bool *pHadMultipleCandidates) {
  assert(AddressOfExpr->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);

  AddressOfFunctionResolver Resolver(*this, AddressOfExpr, TargetType,
                                     Complain);
  int NumMatches = Resolver.getNumMatches();
  FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
  bool ShouldComplain = Complain && !Resolver.hasComplained();
  if (NumMatches == 0 && ShouldComplain) {
    if (Resolver.IsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction())
      Resolver.ComplainIsInvalidFormOfPointerToMemberFunction();
    else
      Resolver.ComplainNoMatchesFound();
  }
  else if (NumMatches > 1 && ShouldComplain)
    Resolver.ComplainMultipleMatchesFound();
  else if (NumMatches == 1) {
    Fn = Resolver.getMatchingFunctionDecl();
    assert(Fn);
    FoundResult = *Resolver.getMatchingFunctionAccessPair();
    if (Complain) {
      if (Resolver.IsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer())
        Resolver.ComplainIsStaticMemberFunctionFromBoundPointer();
      else
        CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(AddressOfExpr, FoundResult);
    }
  }

  if (pHadMultipleCandidates)
    *pHadMultipleCandidates = Resolver.hadMultipleCandidates();
  return Fn;
}

/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
/// resolve that function to a single function that can have its address taken.
/// This will modify `Pair` iff it returns non-null.
///
/// This routine can only realistically succeed if all but one candidates in the
/// overload set for SrcExpr cannot have their addresses taken.
FunctionDecl *
Sema::resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(Expr *E,
                                                  DeclAccessPair &Pair) {
  OverloadExpr::FindResult R = OverloadExpr::find(E);
  OverloadExpr *Ovl = R.Expression;
  FunctionDecl *Result = nullptr;
  DeclAccessPair DAP;
  // Don't use the AddressOfResolver because we're specifically looking for
  // cases where we have one overload candidate that lacks
  // enable_if/pass_object_size/...
  for (auto I = Ovl->decls_begin(), E = Ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
    auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I->getUnderlyingDecl());
    if (!FD)
      return nullptr;

    if (!checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD))
      continue;

    // We have more than one result; quit.
    if (Result)
      return nullptr;
    DAP = I.getPair();
    Result = FD;
  }

  if (Result)
    Pair = DAP;
  return Result;
}

/// \brief Given an overloaded function, tries to turn it into a non-overloaded
/// function reference using resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate. This
/// will perform access checks, diagnose the use of the resultant decl, and, if
/// necessary, perform a function-to-pointer decay.
///
/// Returns false if resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate fails.
/// Otherwise, returns true. This may emit diagnostics and return true.
bool Sema::resolveAndFixAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(
    ExprResult &SrcExpr) {
  Expr *E = SrcExpr.get();
  assert(E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy && "SrcExpr must be an overload");

  DeclAccessPair DAP;
  FunctionDecl *Found = resolveAddressOfOnlyViableOverloadCandidate(E, DAP);
  if (!Found)
    return false;

  // Emitting multiple diagnostics for a function that is both inaccessible and
  // unavailable is consistent with our behavior elsewhere. So, always check
  // for both.
  DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Found, E->getExprLoc());
  CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(E, DAP);
  Expr *Fixed = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E, DAP, Found);
  if (Fixed->getType()->isFunctionType())
    SrcExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Fixed, /*Diagnose=*/false);
  else
    SrcExpr = Fixed;
  return true;
}

/// \brief Given an expression that refers to an overloaded function, try to
/// resolve that overloaded function expression down to a single function.
///
/// This routine can only resolve template-ids that refer to a single function
/// template, where that template-id refers to a single template whose template
/// arguments are either provided by the template-id or have defaults,
/// as described in C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3.
///
/// If no template-ids are found, no diagnostics are emitted and NULL is
/// returned.
FunctionDecl *
Sema::ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
                                                  bool Complain,
                                                  DeclAccessPair *FoundResult) {
  // C++ [over.over]p1:
  //   [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
  //   overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
  // C++ [over.over]p1:
  //   [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
  //   operator.

  // If we didn't actually find any template-ids, we're done.
  if (!ovl->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
    return nullptr;

  TemplateArgumentListInfo ExplicitTemplateArgs;
  ovl->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(ExplicitTemplateArgs);
  TemplateSpecCandidateSet FailedCandidates(ovl->getNameLoc());

  // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
  // whose type matches exactly.
  FunctionDecl *Matched = nullptr;
  for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = ovl->decls_begin(),
         E = ovl->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
    // C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p3:
    //   [...] In contexts where deduction is done and fails, or in contexts
    //   where deduction is not done, if a template argument list is
    //   specified and it, along with any default template arguments,
    //   identifies a single function template specialization, then the
    //   template-id is an lvalue for the function template specialization.
    FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
      = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl());

    // C++ [over.over]p2:
    //   If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
    //   done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
    //   resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
    //   function template specialization, which is added to the set of
    //   overloaded functions considered.
    FunctionDecl *Specialization = nullptr;
    TemplateDeductionInfo Info(FailedCandidates.getLocation());
    if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
          = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                    Specialization, Info,
                                    /*InOverloadResolution=*/true)) {
      // Make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
      // TODO: Actually use the failed-deduction info?
      FailedCandidates.addCandidate()
          .set(I.getPair(), FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(),
               MakeDeductionFailureInfo(Context, Result, Info));
      continue;
    }

    assert(Specialization && "no specialization and no error?");

    // Multiple matches; we can't resolve to a single declaration.
    if (Matched) {
      if (Complain) {
        Diag(ovl->getExprLoc(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
          << ovl->getName();
        NoteAllOverloadCandidates(ovl);
      }
      return nullptr;
    }

    Matched = Specialization;
    if (FoundResult) *FoundResult = I.getPair();
  }

  if (Matched && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
      Matched->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType() &&
      DeduceReturnType(Matched, ovl->getExprLoc(), Complain))
    return nullptr;

  return Matched;
}




// Resolve and fix an overloaded expression that can be resolved
// because it identifies a single function template specialization.
//
// Last three arguments should only be supplied if Complain = true
//
// Return true if it was logically possible to so resolve the
// expression, regardless of whether or not it succeeded.  Always
// returns true if 'complain' is set.
bool Sema::ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
                      ExprResult &SrcExpr, bool doFunctionPointerConverion,
                      bool complain, SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining,
                                           QualType DestTypeForComplaining,
                                            unsigned DiagIDForComplaining) {
  assert(SrcExpr.get()->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);

  OverloadExpr::FindResult ovl = OverloadExpr::find(SrcExpr.get());

  DeclAccessPair found;
  ExprResult SingleFunctionExpression;
  if (FunctionDecl *fn = ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
                           ovl.Expression, /*complain*/ false, &found)) {
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(fn, SrcExpr.get()->getLocStart())) {
      SrcExpr = ExprError();
      return true;
    }

    // It is only correct to resolve to an instance method if we're
    // resolving a form that's permitted to be a pointer to member.
    // Otherwise we'll end up making a bound member expression, which
    // is illegal in all the contexts we resolve like this.
    if (!ovl.HasFormOfMemberPointer &&
        isa<CXXMethodDecl>(fn) &&
        cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn)->isInstance()) {
      if (!complain) return false;

      Diag(ovl.Expression->getExprLoc(),
           diag::err_bound_member_function)
        << 0 << ovl.Expression->getSourceRange();

      // TODO: I believe we only end up here if there's a mix of
      // static and non-static candidates (otherwise the expression
      // would have 'bound member' type, not 'overload' type).
      // Ideally we would note which candidate was chosen and why
      // the static candidates were rejected.
      SrcExpr = ExprError();
      return true;
    }

    // Fix the expression to refer to 'fn'.
    SingleFunctionExpression =
        FixOverloadedFunctionReference(SrcExpr.get(), found, fn);

    // If desired, do function-to-pointer decay.
    if (doFunctionPointerConverion) {
      SingleFunctionExpression =
        DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(SingleFunctionExpression.get());
      if (SingleFunctionExpression.isInvalid()) {
        SrcExpr = ExprError();
        return true;
      }
    }
  }

  if (!SingleFunctionExpression.isUsable()) {
    if (complain) {
      Diag(OpRangeForComplaining.getBegin(), DiagIDForComplaining)
        << ovl.Expression->getName()
        << DestTypeForComplaining
        << OpRangeForComplaining
        << ovl.Expression->getQualifierLoc().getSourceRange();
      NoteAllOverloadCandidates(SrcExpr.get());

      SrcExpr = ExprError();
      return true;
    }

    return false;
  }

  SrcExpr = SingleFunctionExpression;
  return true;
}

/// \brief Add a single candidate to the overload set.
static void AddOverloadedCallCandidate(Sema &S,
                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                       bool PartialOverloading,
                                       bool KnownValid) {
  NamedDecl *Callee = FoundDecl.getDecl();
  if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee))
    Callee = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Callee)->getTargetDecl();

  if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
    if (ExplicitTemplateArgs) {
      assert(!KnownValid && "Explicit template arguments?");
      return;
    }
    S.AddOverloadCandidate(Func, FoundDecl, Args, CandidateSet,
                           /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false,
                           PartialOverloading);
    return;
  }

  if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
      = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
    S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, FoundDecl,
                                   ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args, CandidateSet,
                                   /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false,
                                   PartialOverloading);
    return;
  }

  assert(!KnownValid && "unhandled case in overloaded call candidate");
}

/// \brief Add the overload candidates named by callee and/or found by argument
/// dependent lookup to the given overload set.
void Sema::AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                                       OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
                                       bool PartialOverloading) {

#ifndef NDEBUG
  // Verify that ArgumentDependentLookup is consistent with the rules
  // in C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
  //
  //   Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
  //   and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
  //   lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
  //
  //     -- a declaration of a class member, or
  //
  //     -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
  //        using-declaration, or
  //
  //     -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
  //        template
  //
  //   then Y is empty.

  if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
    for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
           E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
      assert(!(*I)->getDeclContext()->isRecord());
      assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(*I) ||
             !(*I)->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
      assert((*I)->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate());
    }
  }
#endif

  // It would be nice to avoid this copy.
  TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr;
  if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
    ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
    ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
  }

  for (UnresolvedLookupExpr::decls_iterator I = ULE->decls_begin(),
         E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
    AddOverloadedCallCandidate(*this, I.getPair(), ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                               CandidateSet, PartialOverloading,
                               /*KnownValid*/ true);

  if (ULE->requiresADL())
    AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(ULE->getName(), ULE->getExprLoc(),
                                         Args, ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                                         CandidateSet, PartialOverloading);
}

/// Determine whether a declaration with the specified name could be moved into
/// a different namespace.
static bool canBeDeclaredInNamespace(const DeclarationName &Name) {
  switch (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator()) {
  case OO_New: case OO_Array_New:
  case OO_Delete: case OO_Array_Delete:
    return false;

  default:
    return true;
  }
}

/// Attempt to recover from an ill-formed use of a non-dependent name in a
/// template, where the non-dependent name was declared after the template
/// was defined. This is common in code written for a compilers which do not
/// correctly implement two-stage name lookup.
///
/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
static bool
DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation FnLoc,
                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
                       OverloadCandidateSet::CandidateSetKind CSK,
                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
                       ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                       bool *DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup = nullptr) {
  if (SemaRef.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() || !SS.isEmpty())
    return false;

  for (DeclContext *DC = SemaRef.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
    if (DC->isTransparentContext())
      continue;

    SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);

    if (!R.empty()) {
      R.suppressDiagnostics();

      if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
        // Don't diagnose names we find in classes; we get much better
        // diagnostics for these from DiagnoseEmptyLookup.
        R.clear();
        if (DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup)
          *DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup = true;
        return false;
      }

      OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(FnLoc, CSK);
      for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
        AddOverloadedCallCandidate(SemaRef, I.getPair(),
                                   ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                                   Candidates, false, /*KnownValid*/ false);

      OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
      if (Candidates.BestViableFunction(SemaRef, FnLoc, Best) != OR_Success) {
        // No viable functions. Don't bother the user with notes for functions
        // which don't work and shouldn't be found anyway.
        R.clear();
        return false;
      }

      // Find the namespaces where ADL would have looked, and suggest
      // declaring the function there instead.
      Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet AssociatedNamespaces;
      Sema::AssociatedClassSet AssociatedClasses;
      SemaRef.FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(FnLoc, Args,
                                                 AssociatedNamespaces,
                                                 AssociatedClasses);
      Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet SuggestedNamespaces;
      if (canBeDeclaredInNamespace(R.getLookupName())) {
        DeclContext *Std = SemaRef.getStdNamespace();
        for (Sema::AssociatedNamespaceSet::iterator
               it = AssociatedNamespaces.begin(),
               end = AssociatedNamespaces.end(); it != end; ++it) {
          // Never suggest declaring a function within namespace 'std'.
          if (Std && Std->Encloses(*it))
            continue;

          // Never suggest declaring a function within a namespace with a
          // reserved name, like __gnu_cxx.
          NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(*it);
          if (NS &&
              NS->getQualifiedNameAsString().find("__") != std::string::npos)
            continue;

          SuggestedNamespaces.insert(*it);
        }
      }

      SemaRef.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
        << R.getLookupName();
      if (SuggestedNamespaces.empty()) {
        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
          << R.getLookupName() << 0;
      } else if (SuggestedNamespaces.size() == 1) {
        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
          << R.getLookupName() << 1 << *SuggestedNamespaces.begin();
      } else {
        // FIXME: It would be useful to list the associated namespaces here,
        // but the diagnostics infrastructure doesn't provide a way to produce
        // a localized representation of a list of items.
        SemaRef.Diag(Best->Function->getLocation(),
                     diag::note_not_found_by_two_phase_lookup)
          << R.getLookupName() << 2;
      }

      // Try to recover by calling this function.
      return true;
    }

    R.clear();
  }

  return false;
}

/// Attempt to recover from ill-formed use of a non-dependent operator in a
/// template, where the non-dependent operator was declared after the template
/// was defined.
///
/// Returns true if a viable candidate was found and a diagnostic was issued.
static bool
DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(Sema &SemaRef, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args) {
  DeclarationName OpName =
    SemaRef.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
  LookupResult R(SemaRef, OpName, OpLoc, Sema::LookupOperatorName);
  return DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, OpLoc, CXXScopeSpec(), R,
                                OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator,
                                /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args);
}

namespace {
class BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII {
  Sema &SemaRef;
public:
  BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII(Sema &S) : SemaRef(S) {
    assert(SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr == false);
    SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = true;
  }

  ~BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII() {
    SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr = false;
  }
};

}

static std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback>
MakeValidator(Sema &SemaRef, MemberExpr *ME, size_t NumArgs,
              bool HasTemplateArgs, bool AllowTypoCorrection) {
  if (!AllowTypoCorrection)
    return llvm::make_unique<NoTypoCorrectionCCC>();
  return llvm::make_unique<FunctionCallFilterCCC>(SemaRef, NumArgs,
                                                  HasTemplateArgs, ME);
}

/// Attempts to recover from a call where no functions were found.
///
/// Returns true if new candidates were found.
static ExprResult
BuildRecoveryCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                      UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                      MutableArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                      bool EmptyLookup, bool AllowTypoCorrection) {
  // Do not try to recover if it is already building a recovery call.
  // This stops infinite loops for template instantiations like
  //
  // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(t)) {}
  // template <typename T> auto foo(T t) -> decltype(foo(&t)) {}
  //
  if (SemaRef.IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr)
    return ExprError();
  BuildRecoveryCallExprRAII RCE(SemaRef);

  CXXScopeSpec SS;
  SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
  SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc();

  TemplateArgumentListInfo TABuffer;
  TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr;
  if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
    ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TABuffer);
    ExplicitTemplateArgs = &TABuffer;
  }

  LookupResult R(SemaRef, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
                 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
  bool DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup = EmptyLookup;
  if (!DiagnoseTwoPhaseLookup(SemaRef, Fn->getExprLoc(), SS, R,
                              OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal,
                              ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args,
                              &DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup) &&
    (!DoDiagnoseEmptyLookup || SemaRef.DiagnoseEmptyLookup(
        S, SS, R,
        MakeValidator(SemaRef, dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn), Args.size(),
                      ExplicitTemplateArgs != nullptr, AllowTypoCorrection),
        ExplicitTemplateArgs, Args)))
    return ExprError();

  assert(!R.empty() && "lookup results empty despite recovery");

  // Build an implicit member call if appropriate.  Just drop the
  // casts and such from the call, we don't really care.
  ExprResult NewFn = ExprError();
  if ((*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember())
    NewFn = SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R,
                                                    ExplicitTemplateArgs, S);
  else if (ExplicitTemplateArgs || TemplateKWLoc.isValid())
    NewFn = SemaRef.BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, TemplateKWLoc, R, false,
                                        ExplicitTemplateArgs);
  else
    NewFn = SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, false);

  if (NewFn.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  // This shouldn't cause an infinite loop because we're giving it
  // an expression with viable lookup results, which should never
  // end up here.
  return SemaRef.ActOnCallExpr(/*Scope*/ nullptr, NewFn.get(), LParenLoc,
                               MultiExprArg(Args.data(), Args.size()),
                               RParenLoc);
}

/// \brief Constructs and populates an OverloadedCandidateSet from
/// the given function.
/// \returns true when an the ExprResult output parameter has been set.
bool Sema::buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                                  UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                  MultiExprArg Args,
                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                  OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
                                  ExprResult *Result) {
#ifndef NDEBUG
  if (ULE->requiresADL()) {
    // To do ADL, we must have found an unqualified name.
    assert(!ULE->getQualifier() && "qualified name with ADL");

    // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
    // Verify that this was correctly set up.
    FunctionDecl *F;
    if (ULE->decls_begin() + 1 == ULE->decls_end() &&
        (F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*ULE->decls_begin())) &&
        F->getBuiltinID() && F->isImplicit())
      llvm_unreachable("performing ADL for builtin");

    // We don't perform ADL in C.
    assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL enabled in C");
  }
#endif

  UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
  if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts)) {
    *Result = ExprError();
    return true;
  }

  // Add the functions denoted by the callee to the set of candidate
  // functions, including those from argument-dependent lookup.
  AddOverloadedCallCandidates(ULE, Args, *CandidateSet);

  if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
      CurContext->isDependentContext() && !isSFINAEContext() &&
      (isa<FunctionDecl>(CurContext) || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))) {

    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
    if (CandidateSet->empty() ||
        CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getLocStart(), Best) ==
            OR_No_Viable_Function) {
      // In Microsoft mode, if we are inside a template class member function then
      // create a type dependent CallExpr. The goal is to postpone name lookup
      // to instantiation time to be able to search into type dependent base
      // classes.
      CallExpr *CE = new (Context) CallExpr(
          Context, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);
      CE->setTypeDependent(true);
      CE->setValueDependent(true);
      CE->setInstantiationDependent(true);
      *Result = CE;
      return true;
    }
  }

  if (CandidateSet->empty())
    return false;

  UnbridgedCasts.restore();
  return false;
}

/// FinishOverloadedCallExpr - given an OverloadCandidateSet, builds and returns
/// the completed call expression. If overload resolution fails, emits
/// diagnostics and returns ExprError()
static ExprResult FinishOverloadedCallExpr(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                                           UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                           SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                           MultiExprArg Args,
                                           SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                           Expr *ExecConfig,
                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
                                           OverloadCandidateSet::iterator *Best,
                                           OverloadingResult OverloadResult,
                                           bool AllowTypoCorrection) {
  if (CandidateSet->empty())
    return BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args,
                                 RParenLoc, /*EmptyLookup=*/true,
                                 AllowTypoCorrection);

  switch (OverloadResult) {
  case OR_Success: {
    FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function;
    SemaRef.CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(ULE, (*Best)->FoundDecl);
    if (SemaRef.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(FDecl, ULE->getNameLoc()))
      return ExprError();
    Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl);
    return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc,
                                         ExecConfig);
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
    // Try to recover by looking for viable functions which the user might
    // have meant to call.
    ExprResult Recovery = BuildRecoveryCallExpr(SemaRef, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc,
                                                Args, RParenLoc,
                                                /*EmptyLookup=*/false,
                                                AllowTypoCorrection);
    if (!Recovery.isInvalid())
      return Recovery;

    // If the user passes in a function that we can't take the address of, we
    // generally end up emitting really bad error messages. Here, we attempt to
    // emit better ones.
    for (const Expr *Arg : Args) {
      if (!Arg->getType()->isFunctionType())
        continue;
      if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
        auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
        if (FD &&
            !SemaRef.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
                                                       Arg->getExprLoc()))
          return ExprError();
      }
    }

    SemaRef.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
        << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet->NoteCandidates(SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    break;
  }

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    SemaRef.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
      << ULE->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet->NoteCandidates(SemaRef, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    break;

  case OR_Deleted: {
    SemaRef.Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
      << (*Best)->Function->isDeleted()
      << ULE->getName()
      << SemaRef.getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix((*Best)->Function)
      << Fn->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet->NoteCandidates(SemaRef, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);

    // We emitted an error for the unvailable/deleted function call but keep
    // the call in the AST.
    FunctionDecl *FDecl = (*Best)->Function;
    Fn = SemaRef.FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Fn, (*Best)->FoundDecl, FDecl);
    return SemaRef.BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, FDecl, LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc,
                                         ExecConfig);
  }
  }

  // Overload resolution failed.
  return ExprError();
}

static void markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(Sema &S,
                                                OverloadCandidateSet &CS) {
  for (auto I = CS.begin(), E = CS.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    if (I->Viable &&
        !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(I->Function, /*Complain=*/false)) {
      I->Viable = false;
      I->FailureKind = ovl_fail_addr_not_available;
    }
  }
}

/// BuildOverloadedCallExpr - Given the call expression that calls Fn
/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
/// the call expression produced by overload resolution.
/// Otherwise, emits diagnostics and returns ExprError.
ExprResult Sema::BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
                                         UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                         MultiExprArg Args,
                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                         Expr *ExecConfig,
                                         bool AllowTypoCorrection,
                                         bool CalleesAddressIsTaken) {
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Fn->getExprLoc(),
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  ExprResult result;

  if (buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, ULE, Args, LParenLoc, &CandidateSet,
                             &result))
    return result;

  // If the user handed us something like `(&Foo)(Bar)`, we need to ensure that
  // functions that aren't addressible are considered unviable.
  if (CalleesAddressIsTaken)
    markUnaddressableCandidatesUnviable(*this, CandidateSet);

  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  OverloadingResult OverloadResult =
      CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getLocStart(), Best);

  return FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args,
                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig, &CandidateSet,
                                  &Best, OverloadResult,
                                  AllowTypoCorrection);
}

static bool IsOverloaded(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions) {
  return Functions.size() > 1 ||
    (Functions.size() == 1 && isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Functions.begin()));
}

/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
/// operator.
///
/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
///
/// \param Opc The UnaryOperatorKind that describes this operator.
///
/// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be
/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
///
/// \param Input The input argument.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                              const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                              Expr *Input) {
  OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
  assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
  DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
  // TODO: provide better source location info.
  DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc);

  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Input))
    return ExprError();

  Expr *Args[2] = { Input, nullptr };
  unsigned NumArgs = 1;

  // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
  // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
  // post-decrement.
  if (Opc == UO_PostInc || Opc == UO_PostDec) {
    llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
    Args[1] = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy,
                                     SourceLocation());
    NumArgs = 2;
  }

  ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, NumArgs);

  if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (Fns.empty())
      return new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, Context.DependentTy,
                                         VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary, OpLoc);

    CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators
    UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
      = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
                                     NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
                                     /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
                                     Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
    return new (Context)
        CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn, ArgsArray, Context.DependentTy,
                            VK_RValue, OpLoc, false);
  }

  // Build an empty overload set.
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);

  // Add the candidates from the given function set.
  AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, ArgsArray, CandidateSet);

  // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
  AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet);

  // Add candidates from ADL.
  AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, ArgsArray,
                                       /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/nullptr,
                                       CandidateSet);

  // Add builtin operator candidates.
  AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray, CandidateSet);

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success: {
    // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
    FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;

    if (FnDecl) {
      // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
      // operator.

      // Convert the arguments.
      if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
        CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], nullptr, Best->FoundDecl);

        ExprResult InputRes =
          PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                              Best->FoundDecl, Method);
        if (InputRes.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Input = InputRes.get();
      } else {
        // Convert the arguments.
        ExprResult InputInit
          = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
                                                      Context,
                                                      FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
                                      SourceLocation(),
                                      Input);
        if (InputInit.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Input = InputInit.get();
      }

      // Build the actual expression node.
      ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl, Best->FoundDecl,
                                                HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc);
      if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      // Determine the result type.
      QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType();
      ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
      ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

      Args[0] = Input;
      CallExpr *TheCall =
        new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr.get(), ArgsArray,
                                          ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, false);

      if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, FnDecl))
        return ExprError();

      return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
    } else {
      // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
      // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
      // operator node.
      ExprResult InputRes =
        PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                  Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
      if (InputRes.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      Input = InputRes.get();
      break;
    }
  }

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
    // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
    // defined too late to be candidates.
    if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, ArgsArray))
      // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
      return ExprError();

    // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
    // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
    break;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    Diag(OpLoc,  diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary)
        << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
        << Input->getType()
        << Input->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, ArgsArray,
                                UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
    return ExprError();

  case OR_Deleted:
    Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
      << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
      << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
      << Input->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, ArgsArray,
                                UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
  // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
  // build a built-in operation.
  return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}

/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
/// operator.
///
/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
///
/// \param Opc The BinaryOperatorKind that describes this operator.
///
/// \param Fns The set of non-member functions that will be
/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
///
/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                            BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                            const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
                            Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
  Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
  LHS=RHS=nullptr; // Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple

  OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
  DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);

  // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
  // expression.
  if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (Fns.empty()) {
      // If there are no functions to store, just build a dependent
      // BinaryOperator or CompoundAssignment.
      if (Opc <= BO_Assign || Opc > BO_OrAssign)
        return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
            Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
            OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);

      return new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(
          Args[0], Args[1], Opc, Context.DependentTy, VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
          Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, OpLoc,
          FPFeatures.fp_contract);
    }

    // FIXME: save results of ADL from here?
    CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators
    // TODO: provide better source location info in DNLoc component.
    DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, OpLoc);
    UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
      = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
                                     NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
                                     /*ADL*/ true, IsOverloaded(Fns),
                                     Fns.begin(), Fns.end());
    return new (Context)
        CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn, Args, Context.DependentTy,
                            VK_RValue, OpLoc, FPFeatures.fp_contract);
  }

  // Always do placeholder-like conversions on the RHS.
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1]))
    return ExprError();

  // Do placeholder-like conversion on the LHS; note that we should
  // not get here with a PseudoObject LHS.
  assert(Args[0]->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0]))
    return ExprError();

  // If this is the assignment operator, we only perform overload resolution
  // if the left-hand side is a class or enumeration type. This is actually
  // a hack. The standard requires that we do overload resolution between the
  // various built-in candidates, but as DR507 points out, this can lead to
  // problems. So we do it this way, which pretty much follows what GCC does.
  // Note that we go the traditional code path for compound assignment forms.
  if (Opc == BO_Assign && !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
    return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);

  // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
  // create a built-in binary operator.
  if (Opc == BO_PtrMemD)
    return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);

  // Build an empty overload set.
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(OpLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);

  // Add the candidates from the given function set.
  AddFunctionCandidates(Fns, Args, CandidateSet);

  // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
  AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet);

  // Add candidates from ADL. Per [over.match.oper]p2, this lookup is not
  // performed for an assignment operator (nor for operator[] nor operator->,
  // which don't get here).
  if (Opc != BO_Assign)
    AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(OpName, OpLoc, Args,
                                         /*ExplicitTemplateArgs*/ nullptr,
                                         CandidateSet);

  // Add builtin operator candidates.
  AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, CandidateSet);

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
      FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;

      if (FnDecl) {
        // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
        // operator.

        // Convert the arguments.
        if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
          // Best->Access is only meaningful for class members.
          CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);

          ExprResult Arg1 =
            PerformCopyInitialization(
              InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                     FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
              SourceLocation(), Args[1]);
          if (Arg1.isInvalid())
            return ExprError();

          ExprResult Arg0 =
            PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                                Best->FoundDecl, Method);
          if (Arg0.isInvalid())
            return ExprError();
          Args[0] = Arg0.getAs<Expr>();
          Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>();
        } else {
          // Convert the arguments.
          ExprResult Arg0 = PerformCopyInitialization(
            InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                   FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
            SourceLocation(), Args[0]);
          if (Arg0.isInvalid())
            return ExprError();

          ExprResult Arg1 =
            PerformCopyInitialization(
              InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                     FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)),
              SourceLocation(), Args[1]);
          if (Arg1.isInvalid())
            return ExprError();
          Args[0] = LHS = Arg0.getAs<Expr>();
          Args[1] = RHS = Arg1.getAs<Expr>();
        }

        // Build the actual expression node.
        ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl,
                                                  Best->FoundDecl,
                                                  HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc);
        if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();

        // Determine the result type.
        QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType();
        ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
        ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

        CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
          new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr.get(),
                                            Args, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc,
                                            FPFeatures.fp_contract);

        if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall,
                                FnDecl))
          return ExprError();

        ArrayRef<const Expr *> ArgsArray(Args, 2);
        // Cut off the implicit 'this'.
        if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl))
          ArgsArray = ArgsArray.slice(1);

        // Check for a self move.
        if (Op == OO_Equal)
          DiagnoseSelfMove(Args[0], Args[1], OpLoc);

        checkCall(FnDecl, nullptr, ArgsArray, isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl), OpLoc,
                  TheCall->getSourceRange(), VariadicDoesNotApply);

        return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
      } else {
        // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
        // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
        // operator node.
        ExprResult ArgsRes0 =
          PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                    Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
        if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get();

        ExprResult ArgsRes1 =
          PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
                                    Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing);
        if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get();
        break;
      }
    }

    case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
      // C++ [over.match.oper]p9:
      //   If the operator is the operator , [...] and there are no
      //   viable functions, then the operator is assumed to be the
      //   built-in operator and interpreted according to clause 5.
      if (Opc == BO_Comma)
        break;

      // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment
      // operator do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that
      // no overloaded assignment operator found
      ExprResult Result = ExprError();
      if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() &&
          Opc >= BO_Assign && Opc <= BO_OrAssign) {
        Diag(OpLoc,  diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
             << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
             << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
        if (Args[0]->getType()->isIncompleteType()) {
          Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_assign_lhs_incomplete)
            << Args[0]->getType()
            << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
        }
      } else {
        // This is an erroneous use of an operator which can be overloaded by
        // a non-member function. Check for non-member operators which were
        // defined too late to be candidates.
        if (DiagnoseTwoPhaseOperatorLookup(*this, Op, OpLoc, Args))
          // FIXME: Recover by calling the found function.
          return ExprError();

        // No viable function; try to create a built-in operation, which will
        // produce an error. Then, show the non-viable candidates.
        Result = CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
      }
      assert(Result.isInvalid() &&
             "C++ binary operator overloading is missing candidates!");
      if (Result.isInvalid())
        CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
                                    BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
      return Result;
    }

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Diag(OpLoc,  diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary)
          << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
          << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType()
          << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args,
                                  BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
      return ExprError();

    case OR_Deleted:
      if (isImplicitlyDeleted(Best->Function)) {
        CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_special_oper)
          << Context.getRecordType(Method->getParent())
          << getSpecialMember(Method);

        // The user probably meant to call this special member. Just
        // explain why it's deleted.
        NoteDeletedFunction(Method);
        return ExprError();
      } else {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
          << Best->Function->isDeleted()
          << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
          << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
          << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      }
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
                                  BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc), OpLoc);
      return ExprError();
  }

  // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
  return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
}

ExprResult
Sema::CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
                                         SourceLocation RLoc,
                                         Expr *Base, Expr *Idx) {
  Expr *Args[2] = { Base, Idx };
  DeclarationName OpName =
      Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Subscript);

  // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
  // expression.
  if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {

    CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass = nullptr; // lookup ignores member operators
    // CHECKME: no 'operator' keyword?
    DeclarationNameInfo OpNameInfo(OpName, LLoc);
    OpNameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
    UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn
      = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, NamingClass,
                                     NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), OpNameInfo,
                                     /*ADL*/ true, /*Overloaded*/ false,
                                     UnresolvedSetIterator(),
                                     UnresolvedSetIterator());
    // Can't add any actual overloads yet

    return new (Context)
        CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript, Fn, Args,
                            Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RLoc, false);
  }

  // Handle placeholders on both operands.
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[0]))
    return ExprError();
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Args[1]))
    return ExprError();

  // Build an empty overload set.
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);

  // Subscript can only be overloaded as a member function.

  // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
  AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet);

  // Add builtin operator candidates.
  AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, LLoc, Args, CandidateSet);

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, LLoc, Best)) {
    case OR_Success: {
      // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
      FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;

      if (FnDecl) {
        // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
        // operator.

        CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LLoc, Args[0], Args[1], Best->FoundDecl);

        // Convert the arguments.
        CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl);
        ExprResult Arg0 =
          PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                              Best->FoundDecl, Method);
        if (Arg0.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Args[0] = Arg0.get();

        // Convert the arguments.
        ExprResult InputInit
          = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
                                                      Context,
                                                      FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)),
                                      SourceLocation(),
                                      Args[1]);
        if (InputInit.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();

        Args[1] = InputInit.getAs<Expr>();

        // Build the actual expression node.
        DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(OpName, LLoc);
        OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
        ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FnDecl,
                                                  Best->FoundDecl,
                                                  HadMultipleCandidates,
                                                  OpLocInfo.getLoc(),
                                                  OpLocInfo.getInfo());
        if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();

        // Determine the result type
        QualType ResultTy = FnDecl->getReturnType();
        ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
        ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

        CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
          new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
                                            FnExpr.get(), Args,
                                            ResultTy, VK, RLoc,
                                            false);

        if (CheckCallReturnType(FnDecl->getReturnType(), LLoc, TheCall, FnDecl))
          return ExprError();

        return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
      } else {
        // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
        // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
        // operator node.
        ExprResult ArgsRes0 =
          PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
                                    Best->Conversions[0], AA_Passing);
        if (ArgsRes0.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Args[0] = ArgsRes0.get();

        ExprResult ArgsRes1 =
          PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
                                    Best->Conversions[1], AA_Passing);
        if (ArgsRes1.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        Args[1] = ArgsRes1.get();

        break;
      }
    }

    case OR_No_Viable_Function: {
      if (CandidateSet.empty())
        Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
          << Args[0]->getType() << /*subscript*/ 0
          << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      else
        Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_subscript)
          << Args[0]->getType()
          << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
                                  "[]", LLoc);
      return ExprError();
    }

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Diag(LLoc,  diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_binary)
          << "[]"
          << Args[0]->getType() << Args[1]->getType()
          << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args,
                                  "[]", LLoc);
      return ExprError();

    case OR_Deleted:
      Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted() << "[]"
        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
        << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
                                  "[]", LLoc);
      return ExprError();
    }

  // We matched a built-in operator; build it.
  return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Args[0], LLoc, Args[1], RLoc);
}

/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
/// expression refers to a non-static member function or an overloaded
/// member function.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
                                SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                MultiExprArg Args,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  assert(MemExprE->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy ||
         MemExprE->getType() == Context.OverloadTy);

  // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
  // argument and the member function we're referring to.
  Expr *NakedMemExpr = MemExprE->IgnoreParens();

  // Determine whether this is a call to a pointer-to-member function.
  if (BinaryOperator *op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(NakedMemExpr)) {
    assert(op->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy);
    assert(op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemD || op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI);

    QualType fnType =
      op->getRHS()->getType()->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getPointeeType();

    const FunctionProtoType *proto = fnType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    QualType resultType = proto->getCallResultType(Context);
    ExprValueKind valueKind = Expr::getValueKindForType(proto->getReturnType());

    // Check that the object type isn't more qualified than the
    // member function we're calling.
    Qualifiers funcQuals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(proto->getTypeQuals());

    QualType objectType = op->getLHS()->getType();
    if (op->getOpcode() == BO_PtrMemI)
      objectType = objectType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    Qualifiers objectQuals = objectType.getQualifiers();

    Qualifiers difference = objectQuals - funcQuals;
    difference.removeObjCGCAttr();
    difference.removeAddressSpace();
    if (difference) {
      std::string qualsString = difference.getAsString();
      Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_call_drops_quals)
        << fnType.getUnqualifiedType()
        << qualsString
        << (qualsString.find(' ') == std::string::npos ? 1 : 2);
    }

    CXXMemberCallExpr *call
      = new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
                                        resultType, valueKind, RParenLoc);

    if (CheckCallReturnType(proto->getReturnType(), op->getRHS()->getLocStart(),
                            call, nullptr))
      return ExprError();

    if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(call, op, nullptr, proto, Args, RParenLoc))
      return ExprError();

    if (CheckOtherCall(call, proto))
      return ExprError();

    return MaybeBindToTemporary(call);
  }

  if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(NakedMemExpr))
    return new (Context)
        CallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args, Context.VoidTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc);

  UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
  if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts))
    return ExprError();

  MemberExpr *MemExpr;
  CXXMethodDecl *Method = nullptr;
  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_public);
  NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier = nullptr;
  if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
    MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
    Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
    FoundDecl = MemExpr->getFoundDecl();
    Qualifier = MemExpr->getQualifier();
    UnbridgedCasts.restore();
  } else {
    UnresolvedMemberExpr *UnresExpr = cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr);
    Qualifier = UnresExpr->getQualifier();

    QualType ObjectType = UnresExpr->getBaseType();
    Expr::Classification ObjectClassification
      = UnresExpr->isArrow()? Expr::Classification::makeSimpleLValue()
                            : UnresExpr->getBase()->Classify(Context);

    // Add overload candidates
    OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
                                      OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);

    // FIXME: avoid copy.
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
    if (UnresExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
      UnresExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
      TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
    }

    for (UnresolvedMemberExpr::decls_iterator I = UnresExpr->decls_begin(),
           E = UnresExpr->decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {

      NamedDecl *Func = *I;
      CXXRecordDecl *ActingDC = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Func->getDeclContext());
      if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(Func))
        Func = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Func)->getTargetDecl();


      // Microsoft supports direct constructor calls.
      if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func)) {
        AddOverloadCandidate(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Func), I.getPair(),
                             Args, CandidateSet);
      } else if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Func))) {
        // If explicit template arguments were provided, we can't call a
        // non-template member function.
        if (TemplateArgs)
          continue;

        AddMethodCandidate(Method, I.getPair(), ActingDC, ObjectType,
                           ObjectClassification, Args, CandidateSet,
                           /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
      } else {
        AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Func),
                                   I.getPair(), ActingDC, TemplateArgs,
                                   ObjectType,  ObjectClassification,
                                   Args, CandidateSet,
                                   /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
      }
    }

    DeclarationName DeclName = UnresExpr->getMemberName();

    UnbridgedCasts.restore();

    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
    switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UnresExpr->getLocStart(),
                                            Best)) {
    case OR_Success:
      Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
      FoundDecl = Best->FoundDecl;
      CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresExpr, Best->FoundDecl);
      if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, UnresExpr->getNameLoc()))
        return ExprError();
      // If FoundDecl is different from Method (such as if one is a template
      // and the other a specialization), make sure DiagnoseUseOfDecl is
      // called on both.
      // FIXME: This would be more comprehensively addressed by modifying
      // DiagnoseUseOfDecl to accept both the FoundDecl and the decl
      // being used.
      if (Method != FoundDecl.getDecl() &&
                      DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, UnresExpr->getNameLoc()))
        return ExprError();
      break;

    case OR_No_Viable_Function:
      Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(),
           diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
        << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
      return ExprError();

    case OR_Ambiguous:
      Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
        << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
      return ExprError();

    case OR_Deleted:
      Diag(UnresExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
        << Best->Function->isDeleted()
        << DeclName
        << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
        << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
      CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
      // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
      return ExprError();
    }

    MemExprE = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExprE, FoundDecl, Method);

    // If overload resolution picked a static member, build a
    // non-member call based on that function.
    if (Method->isStatic()) {
      return BuildResolvedCallExpr(MemExprE, Method, LParenLoc, Args,
                                   RParenLoc);
    }

    MemExpr = cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE->IgnoreParens());
  }

  QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
  ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
  CXXMemberCallExpr *TheCall =
    new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExprE, Args,
                                    ResultType, VK, RParenLoc);

  // (CUDA B.1): Check for invalid calls between targets.
  if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
    if (const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
      if (CheckCUDATarget(Caller, Method)) {
        Diag(MemExpr->getMemberLoc(), diag::err_ref_bad_target)
            << IdentifyCUDATarget(Method) << Method->getIdentifier()
            << IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller);
        return ExprError();
      }
    }
  }

  // Check for a valid return type.
  if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
                          TheCall, Method))
    return ExprError();

  // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
  // We only need to do this if there was actually an overload; otherwise
  // it was done at lookup.
  if (!Method->isStatic()) {
    ExprResult ObjectArg =
      PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(MemExpr->getBase(), Qualifier,
                                          FoundDecl, Method);
    if (ObjectArg.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg.get());
  }

  // Convert the rest of the arguments
  const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
    Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
  if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args,
                              RParenLoc))
    return ExprError();

  DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args);

  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto))
    return ExprError();

  // In the case the method to call was not selected by the overloading
  // resolution process, we still need to handle the enable_if attribute. Do
  // that here, so it will not hide previous -- and more relevant -- errors
  if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedMemExpr)) {
    if (const EnableIfAttr *Attr = CheckEnableIf(Method, Args, true)) {
      Diag(MemExprE->getLocStart(),
           diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
          << Method << Method->getSourceRange();
      Diag(Method->getLocation(),
           diag::note_ovl_candidate_disabled_by_enable_if_attr)
          << Attr->getCond()->getSourceRange() << Attr->getMessage();
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  if ((isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(CurContext) ||
       isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)) &&
      TheCall->getMethodDecl()->isPure()) {
    const CXXMethodDecl *MD = TheCall->getMethodDecl();

    if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(MemExpr->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()) &&
        MemExpr->performsVirtualDispatch(getLangOpts())) {
      Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(),
           diag::warn_call_to_pure_virtual_member_function_from_ctor_dtor)
        << MD->getDeclName() << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(CurContext)
        << MD->getParent()->getDeclName();

      Diag(MD->getLocStart(), diag::note_previous_decl) << MD->getDeclName();
      if (getLangOpts().AppleKext)
        Diag(MemExpr->getLocStart(),
             diag::note_pure_qualified_call_kext)
             << MD->getParent()->getDeclName()
             << MD->getDeclName();
    }
  }

  if (CXXDestructorDecl *DD =
          dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(TheCall->getMethodDecl())) {
    // a->A::f() doesn't go through the vtable, except in AppleKext mode.
    bool CallCanBeVirtual = !MemExpr->hasQualifier() || getLangOpts().AppleKext;
    CheckVirtualDtorCall(DD, MemExpr->getLocStart(), /*IsDelete=*/false,
                         CallCanBeVirtual, /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/true,
                         MemExpr->getMemberLoc());
  }

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}

/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Obj,
                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                   MultiExprArg Args,
                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Obj))
    return ExprError();
  ExprResult Object = Obj;

  UnbridgedCastsSet UnbridgedCasts;
  if (checkArgPlaceholdersForOverload(*this, Args, UnbridgedCasts))
    return ExprError();

  assert(Object.get()->getType()->isRecordType() &&
         "Requires object type argument");
  const RecordType *Record = Object.get()->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();

  // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
  //  If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
  //  evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
  //  candidate functions includes at least the function call
  //  operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
  //  ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
  //  (E).operator().
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(LParenLoc,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
  DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);

  if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Object.get()->getType(),
                          diag::err_incomplete_object_call, Object.get()))
    return true;

  LookupResult R(*this, OpName, LParenLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, Record->getDecl());
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
       Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
    AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Object.get()->getType(),
                       Object.get()->Classify(Context),
                       Args, CandidateSet,
                       /*SuppressUserConversions=*/ false);
  }

  // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
  //   In addition, for each (non-explicit in C++0x) conversion function
  //   declared in T of the form
  //
  //        operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
  //
  //   where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
  //   greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
  //   denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
  //   R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
  //   (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
  //   of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
  //   is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
  //   surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
  //   functions for each conversion function declared in an
  //   accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
  //   within T by another intervening declaration.
  const auto &Conversions =
      cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getVisibleConversionFunctions();
  for (auto I = Conversions.begin(), E = Conversions.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    NamedDecl *D = *I;
    CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext());
    if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
      D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();

    // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
    // surrogates.
    if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
      continue;

    CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(D);
    if (!Conv->isExplicit()) {
      // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
      // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
      QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
      if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
        ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();

      if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
      {
        AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, I.getPair(), ActingContext, Proto,
                              Object.get(), Args, CandidateSet);
      }
    }
  }

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, Object.get()->getLocStart(),
                             Best)) {
  case OR_Success:
    // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
    // below.
    break;

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    if (CandidateSet.empty())
      Diag(Object.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_ovl_no_oper)
        << Object.get()->getType() << /*call*/ 1
        << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
    else
      Diag(Object.get()->getLocStart(),
           diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
        << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    break;

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    Diag(Object.get()->getLocStart(),
         diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
      << Object.get()->getType() << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    break;

  case OR_Deleted:
    Diag(Object.get()->getLocStart(),
         diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
      << Object.get()->getType()
      << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
      << Object.get()->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    break;
  }

  if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
    return true;

  UnbridgedCasts.restore();

  if (Best->Function == nullptr) {
    // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
    // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
    CXXConversionDecl *Conv
      = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
                         Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);

    CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr,
                              Best->FoundDecl);
    if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Best->FoundDecl, LParenLoc))
      return ExprError();
    assert(Conv == Best->FoundDecl.getDecl() &&
             "Found Decl & conversion-to-functionptr should be same, right?!");
    // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
    // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
    // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.

    // Create an implicit member expr to refer to the conversion operator.
    // and then call it.
    ExprResult Call = BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Object.get(), Best->FoundDecl,
                                             Conv, HadMultipleCandidates);
    if (Call.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
    Call = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, Call.get()->getType(),
                                    CK_UserDefinedConversion, Call.get(),
                                    nullptr, VK_RValue);

    return ActOnCallExpr(S, Call.get(), LParenLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
  }

  CheckMemberOperatorAccess(LParenLoc, Object.get(), nullptr, Best->FoundDecl);

  // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
  // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
  // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
  CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);

  // An error diagnostic has already been printed when parsing the declaration.
  if (Method->isInvalidDecl())
    return ExprError();

  const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
    Method->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();

  unsigned NumParams = Proto->getNumParams();

  DeclarationNameInfo OpLocInfo(
               Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call), LParenLoc);
  OpLocInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
  ExprResult NewFn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl,
                                           HadMultipleCandidates,
                                           OpLocInfo.getLoc(),
                                           OpLocInfo.getInfo());
  if (NewFn.isInvalid())
    return true;

  // Build the full argument list for the method call (the implicit object
  // parameter is placed at the beginning of the list).
  std::unique_ptr<Expr * []> MethodArgs(new Expr *[Args.size() + 1]);
  MethodArgs[0] = Object.get();
  std::copy(Args.begin(), Args.end(), &MethodArgs[1]);

  // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
  // owned.
  QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
  ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall = new (Context)
      CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn.get(),
                          llvm::makeArrayRef(MethodArgs.get(), Args.size() + 1),
                          ResultTy, VK, RParenLoc, false);
  MethodArgs.reset();

  if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), LParenLoc, TheCall, Method))
    return true;

  // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
  // slots in the call for them.
  if (Args.size() < NumParams)
    TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumParams + 1);

  bool IsError = false;

  // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
  ExprResult ObjRes =
    PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object.get(), /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                        Best->FoundDecl, Method);
  if (ObjRes.isInvalid())
    IsError = true;
  else
    Object = ObjRes;
  TheCall->setArg(0, Object.get());

  // Check the argument types.
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumParams; i++) {
    Expr *Arg;
    if (i < Args.size()) {
      Arg = Args[i];

      // Pass the argument.

      ExprResult InputInit
        = PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
                                                    Context,
                                                    Method->getParamDecl(i)),
                                    SourceLocation(), Arg);

      IsError |= InputInit.isInvalid();
      Arg = InputInit.getAs<Expr>();
    } else {
      ExprResult DefArg
        = BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(LParenLoc, Method, Method->getParamDecl(i));
      if (DefArg.isInvalid()) {
        IsError = true;
        break;
      }

      Arg = DefArg.getAs<Expr>();
    }

    TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
  }

  // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
  if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
    // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
    for (unsigned i = NumParams, e = Args.size(); i < e; i++) {
      ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], VariadicMethod,
                                                        nullptr);
      IsError |= Arg.isInvalid();
      TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg.get());
    }
  }

  if (IsError) return true;

  DiagnoseSentinelCalls(Method, LParenLoc, Args);

  if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall, Proto))
    return true;

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}

/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
///  (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                               bool *NoArrowOperatorFound) {
  assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() &&
         "left-hand side must have class type");

  if (checkPlaceholderForOverload(*this, Base))
    return ExprError();

  SourceLocation Loc = Base->getExprLoc();

  // C++ [over.ref]p1:
  //
  //   [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
  //   for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
  //   the operator is selected as the best match function by the
  //   overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
  DeclarationName OpName =
    Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(Loc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
  const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();

  if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, Base->getType(),
                          diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag, Base))
    return ExprError();

  LookupResult R(*this, OpName, OpLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, BaseRecord->getDecl());
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
       Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper) {
    AddMethodCandidate(Oper.getPair(), Base->getType(), Base->Classify(Context),
                       None, CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
  }

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, OpLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success:
    // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
    break;

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    if (CandidateSet.empty()) {
      QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
      if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
        // Report this specific error to the caller instead of emitting a
        // diagnostic, as requested.
        *NoArrowOperatorFound = true;
        return ExprError();
      }
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
        << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
      if (BaseType->isRecordType() && !BaseType->isPointerType()) {
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
          << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
      }
    } else
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
        << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base);
    return ExprError();

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    Diag(OpLoc,  diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper_unary)
      << "->" << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Base);
    return ExprError();

  case OR_Deleted:
    Diag(OpLoc,  diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
      << Best->Function->isDeleted()
      << "->"
      << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
      << Base->getSourceRange();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Base);
    return ExprError();
  }

  CheckMemberOperatorAccess(OpLoc, Base, nullptr, Best->FoundDecl);

  // Convert the object parameter.
  CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
  ExprResult BaseResult =
    PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
                                        Best->FoundDecl, Method);
  if (BaseResult.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  Base = BaseResult.get();

  // Build the operator call.
  ExprResult FnExpr = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, Method, Best->FoundDecl,
                                            HadMultipleCandidates, OpLoc);
  if (FnExpr.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  QualType ResultTy = Method->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
  ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
  CXXOperatorCallExpr *TheCall =
    new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr.get(),
                                      Base, ResultTy, VK, OpLoc, false);

  if (CheckCallReturnType(Method->getReturnType(), OpLoc, TheCall, Method))
          return ExprError();

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}

/// BuildLiteralOperatorCall - Build a UserDefinedLiteral by creating a call to
/// a literal operator described by the provided lookup results.
ExprResult Sema::BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
                                          DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
                                          ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
                                          SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
                                       TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs) {
  SourceLocation UDSuffixLoc = SuffixInfo.getCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc();

  OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(UDSuffixLoc,
                                    OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
  AddFunctionCandidates(R.asUnresolvedSet(), Args, CandidateSet, TemplateArgs,
                        /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true);

  bool HadMultipleCandidates = (CandidateSet.size() > 1);

  // Perform overload resolution. This will usually be trivial, but might need
  // to perform substitutions for a literal operator template.
  OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
  switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(*this, UDSuffixLoc, Best)) {
  case OR_Success:
  case OR_Deleted:
    break;

  case OR_No_Viable_Function:
    Diag(UDSuffixLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
      << R.getLookupName();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
    return ExprError();

  case OR_Ambiguous:
    Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) << R.getLookupName();
    CandidateSet.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
    return ExprError();
  }

  FunctionDecl *FD = Best->Function;
  ExprResult Fn = CreateFunctionRefExpr(*this, FD, Best->FoundDecl,
                                        HadMultipleCandidates,
                                        SuffixInfo.getLoc(),
                                        SuffixInfo.getInfo());
  if (Fn.isInvalid())
    return true;

  // Check the argument types. This should almost always be a no-op, except
  // that array-to-pointer decay is applied to string literals.
  Expr *ConvArgs[2];
  for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, N = Args.size(); ArgIdx != N; ++ArgIdx) {
    ExprResult InputInit = PerformCopyInitialization(
      InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, FD->getParamDecl(ArgIdx)),
      SourceLocation(), Args[ArgIdx]);
    if (InputInit.isInvalid())
      return true;
    ConvArgs[ArgIdx] = InputInit.get();
  }

  QualType ResultTy = FD->getReturnType();
  ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultTy);
  ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonLValueExprType(Context);

  UserDefinedLiteral *UDL =
    new (Context) UserDefinedLiteral(Context, Fn.get(),
                                     llvm::makeArrayRef(ConvArgs, Args.size()),
                                     ResultTy, VK, LitEndLoc, UDSuffixLoc);

  if (CheckCallReturnType(FD->getReturnType(), UDSuffixLoc, UDL, FD))
    return ExprError();

  if (CheckFunctionCall(FD, UDL, nullptr))
    return ExprError();

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(UDL);
}

/// Build a call to 'begin' or 'end' for a C++11 for-range statement. If the
/// given LookupResult is non-empty, it is assumed to describe a member which
/// will be invoked. Otherwise, the function will be found via argument
/// dependent lookup.
/// CallExpr is set to a valid expression and FRS_Success returned on success,
/// otherwise CallExpr is set to ExprError() and some non-success value
/// is returned.
Sema::ForRangeStatus
Sema::BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
                                SourceLocation RangeLoc,
                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                                LookupResult &MemberLookup,
                                OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
                                Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr) {
  Scope *S = nullptr;

  CandidateSet->clear();
  if (!MemberLookup.empty()) {
    ExprResult MemberRef =
        BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Range, Range->getType(), Loc,
                                 /*IsPtr=*/false, CXXScopeSpec(),
                                 /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
                                 /*FirstQualifierInScope=*/nullptr,
                                 MemberLookup,
                                 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr, S);
    if (MemberRef.isInvalid()) {
      *CallExpr = ExprError();
      return FRS_DiagnosticIssued;
    }
    *CallExpr = ActOnCallExpr(S, MemberRef.get(), Loc, None, Loc, nullptr);
    if (CallExpr->isInvalid()) {
      *CallExpr = ExprError();
      return FRS_DiagnosticIssued;
    }
  } else {
    UnresolvedSet<0> FoundNames;
    UnresolvedLookupExpr *Fn =
      UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, /*NamingClass=*/nullptr,
                                   NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), NameInfo,
                                   /*NeedsADL=*/true, /*Overloaded=*/false,
                                   FoundNames.begin(), FoundNames.end());

    bool CandidateSetError = buildOverloadedCallSet(S, Fn, Fn, Range, Loc,
                                                    CandidateSet, CallExpr);
    if (CandidateSet->empty() || CandidateSetError) {
      *CallExpr = ExprError();
      return FRS_NoViableFunction;
    }
    OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
    OverloadingResult OverloadResult =
        CandidateSet->BestViableFunction(*this, Fn->getLocStart(), Best);

    if (OverloadResult == OR_No_Viable_Function) {
      *CallExpr = ExprError();
      return FRS_NoViableFunction;
    }
    *CallExpr = FinishOverloadedCallExpr(*this, S, Fn, Fn, Loc, Range,
                                         Loc, nullptr, CandidateSet, &Best,
                                         OverloadResult,
                                         /*AllowTypoCorrection=*/false);
    if (CallExpr->isInvalid() || OverloadResult != OR_Success) {
      *CallExpr = ExprError();
      return FRS_DiagnosticIssued;
    }
  }
  return FRS_Success;
}


/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn. Returns the new expr.
Expr *Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, DeclAccessPair Found,
                                           FunctionDecl *Fn) {
  if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
    Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(),
                                                   Found, Fn);
    if (SubExpr == PE->getSubExpr())
      return PE;

    return new (Context) ParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr);
  }

  if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
    Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ICE->getSubExpr(),
                                                   Found, Fn);
    assert(Context.hasSameType(ICE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
                               SubExpr->getType()) &&
           "Implicit cast type cannot be determined from overload");
    assert(ICE->path_empty() && "fixing up hierarchy conversion?");
    if (SubExpr == ICE->getSubExpr())
      return ICE;

    return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, ICE->getType(),
                                    ICE->getCastKind(),
                                    SubExpr, nullptr,
                                    ICE->getValueKind());
  }

  if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
    assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf &&
           "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
    if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
      if (Method->isStatic()) {
        // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
        // from non-member functions.
      } else {
        // Fix the subexpression, which really has to be an
        // UnresolvedLookupExpr holding an overloaded member function
        // or template.
        Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
                                                       Found, Fn);
        if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
          return UnOp;

        assert(isa<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)
               && "fixed to something other than a decl ref");
        assert(cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr)->getQualifier()
               && "fixed to a member ref with no nested name qualifier");

        // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
        // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
        // appropriate pointer to member type.
        QualType ClassType
          = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
        QualType MemPtrType
          = Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(), ClassType.getTypePtr());
        // Under the MS ABI, lock down the inheritance model now.
        if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
          (void)isCompleteType(UnOp->getOperatorLoc(), MemPtrType);

        return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UO_AddrOf, MemPtrType,
                                           VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
                                           UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
      }
    }
    Expr *SubExpr = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(),
                                                   Found, Fn);
    if (SubExpr == UnOp->getSubExpr())
      return UnOp;

    return new (Context) UnaryOperator(SubExpr, UO_AddrOf,
                                     Context.getPointerType(SubExpr->getType()),
                                       VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary,
                                       UnOp->getOperatorLoc());
  }

  if (UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = dyn_cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E)) {
    // FIXME: avoid copy.
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
    if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
      ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
      TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
    }

    DeclRefExpr *DRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
                                           ULE->getQualifierLoc(),
                                           ULE->getTemplateKeywordLoc(),
                                           Fn,
                                           /*enclosing*/ false, // FIXME?
                                           ULE->getNameLoc(),
                                           Fn->getType(),
                                           VK_LValue,
                                           Found.getDecl(),
                                           TemplateArgs);
    MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE);
    DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(ULE->getNumDecls() > 1);
    return DRE;
  }

  if (UnresolvedMemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<UnresolvedMemberExpr>(E)) {
    // FIXME: avoid copy.
    TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer, *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
    if (MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgs()) {
      MemExpr->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TemplateArgsBuffer);
      TemplateArgs = &TemplateArgsBuffer;
    }

    Expr *Base;

    // If we're filling in a static method where we used to have an
    // implicit member access, rewrite to a simple decl ref.
    if (MemExpr->isImplicitAccess()) {
      if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
        DeclRefExpr *DRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
                                               MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(),
                                               MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(),
                                               Fn,
                                               /*enclosing*/ false,
                                               MemExpr->getMemberLoc(),
                                               Fn->getType(),
                                               VK_LValue,
                                               Found.getDecl(),
                                               TemplateArgs);
        MarkDeclRefReferenced(DRE);
        DRE->setHadMultipleCandidates(MemExpr->getNumDecls() > 1);
        return DRE;
      } else {
        SourceLocation Loc = MemExpr->getMemberLoc();
        if (MemExpr->getQualifier())
          Loc = MemExpr->getQualifierLoc().getBeginLoc();
        CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
        Base = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc,
                                         MemExpr->getBaseType(),
                                         /*isImplicit=*/true);
      }
    } else
      Base = MemExpr->getBase();

    ExprValueKind valueKind;
    QualType type;
    if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)->isStatic()) {
      valueKind = VK_LValue;
      type = Fn->getType();
    } else {
      valueKind = VK_RValue;
      type = Context.BoundMemberTy;
    }

    MemberExpr *ME = MemberExpr::Create(
        Context, Base, MemExpr->isArrow(), MemExpr->getOperatorLoc(),
        MemExpr->getQualifierLoc(), MemExpr->getTemplateKeywordLoc(), Fn, Found,
        MemExpr->getMemberNameInfo(), TemplateArgs, type, valueKind,
        OK_Ordinary);
    ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
    MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
    return ME;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Invalid reference to overloaded function");
}

ExprResult Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult E,
                                                DeclAccessPair Found,
                                                FunctionDecl *Fn) {
  return FixOverloadedFunctionReference(E.get(), Found, Fn);
}